[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025023120A1 - Method for separating member, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet - Google Patents

Method for separating member, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025023120A1
WO2025023120A1 PCT/JP2024/025648 JP2024025648W WO2025023120A1 WO 2025023120 A1 WO2025023120 A1 WO 2025023120A1 JP 2024025648 W JP2024025648 W JP 2024025648W WO 2025023120 A1 WO2025023120 A1 WO 2025023120A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
weight
adhesive layer
adhesive
less
monomer
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2024/025648
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太 熊倉
哲士 本田
敬介 佐藤
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nitto Denko Corp
Original Assignee
Nitto Denko Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nitto Denko Corp filed Critical Nitto Denko Corp
Publication of WO2025023120A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025023120A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C09J201/02Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J5/00Adhesive processes in general; Adhesive processes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. relating to primers
    • C09J5/06Adhesive processes in general; Adhesive processes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. relating to primers involving heating of the applied adhesive
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/35Heat-activated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a member separating method and an adhesive sheet.
  • adhesives also called pressure-sensitive adhesives; the same applies below
  • Adhesives are in a soft solid (viscoelastic) state at temperatures near room temperature, and have the property of easily adhering to an adherend when pressure is applied.
  • Adhesives are widely used in a variety of fields in the form of a supported adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer on a support, or in the form of a support-less adhesive sheet without a support, due to the ease of application to an adherend. Some such adhesives are used by adhering to an adherend, and are removed from the adherend after their adhesive purpose has been fulfilled.
  • Patent documents 1 to 4 are prior art documents that disclose this type of conventional technology. Patent documents 1 to 4 disclose thermosetting adhesives.
  • a method in which a substrate is held by suction on a holding table having multiple flow holes connected to a vacuum device and a gas supply device by operating a vacuum device, and then gas is supplied after circulation by the gas supply device to eliminate the reduced pressure state between the substrate and the holding table, and the substrate is detached from the holding table (for example, Patent Document 5).
  • Adhesives used in applications where the adhesive is peeled off from an adherend are required to have good adhesion while attached to the adherend, and to have the ability to be easily peeled off from the adherend after the adhesive has completed its purpose.
  • an adhesive applied to an adherend that is to be heat-treated to have easy peelability, so that it can be easily peeled off from the adherend after being heated while attached to the adherend.
  • an adhesive with such performance an adhesive that has a certain adhesive strength when fixed and can reduce its peel strength at an appropriate time can be used.
  • an adhesive that can reduce the peel strength for example, an ultraviolet-irradiation peelable adhesive that reduces its peel strength by irradiating ultraviolet light is known.
  • thermosetting adhesives based on a design concept different from conventional ones, and have succeeded in obtaining an adhesive that has easy peelability (heat-induced peelability) and reduces its peel strength when attached to an adherend and heated at a high temperature.
  • the adherend is a brittle material such as a semiconductor wafer or thin glass
  • the force of the peeling operation may be biased toward one part of the adherend, causing the adherend to be damaged.
  • the adherend when joining rigid bodies together, even after the adhesive strength to the adherend has been reduced, it is not possible to deform the rigid adherend and use it to peel off the adhesive, so a considerable amount of force is required to release the adhesion of the entire adhesive surface, and it may be difficult to manually release the bonded adherends.
  • the adherend may separate from the adhesive at an unintended time due to minor external forces such as vibration, or even without any external force, and may be damaged by being dropped, etc.
  • a technology is known in which adhesives that become easily peelable when heated contain a foaming agent or heat-expandable microspheres, and the adhesive is foamed or expanded by heating to a specified temperature, causing it to peel off.
  • heat-peelable adhesives can naturally peel off from the adherend when heated, making it difficult to separate the adhesive from the adherend at the desired time after heat treatment.
  • the present invention was created in consideration of the above circumstances, and aims to provide a method for separating components using a curable adhesive and utilizing a fluid. Another related aim of the present invention is to provide an adhesive sheet that can be used in the above separation method.
  • a method for separating at least one of a first member and a second member from a structure including a first member, a second member, and an adhesive portion disposed between the first member and the second member and adhering to the first member and the second member after a heat treatment.
  • the adhesive portion has a curable adhesive layer.
  • the separation method also includes a step of supplying a fluid to the adhesive portion from the first member side or the second member side (fluid supply step).
  • the adhesive portion having the curable adhesive layer is cured by the heat treatment or by applying an appropriate adhesive curing treatment such as irradiation with active energy rays after the heat treatment, and the adhesive strength to the first member and the second member can be reduced while holding the first member and the second member without separating them.
  • the fluid acts on the adhesive points of the members, and at least one of the first member and the second member is separated from the adhesive portion.
  • the members are separated by the hardening of the adhesive and the action of the fluid, so that even if the members are made of a brittle material, the members are unlikely to be damaged during separation.
  • the first and second members are rigid bodies, they can be easily separated from each other by only a force in a direction perpendicular to the adhesive surface, for example.
  • the adhesive layer is in contact with the first member.
  • the adhesive portion has a hole that connects the first member and the second member.
  • the separation method includes, as the fluid supplying step, a step of supplying the fluid from the second member side to the hole in the adhesive portion. According to this configuration and method, the fluid is supplied from the second member side and acts to separate the first member from the adhesive layer through the hole in the adhesive portion. Based on this action, the first member is separated from the adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • the adhesive layer containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator can be effectively cured by heat treatment, irradiation with active energy rays, etc.
  • the adhesive layer is a thermosetting adhesive layer.
  • a thermosetting adhesive layer can be cured by utilizing a heat treatment.
  • the radical polymerization initiator is a thermal polymerization initiator.
  • the adhesive strength to a member can be reduced by utilizing a heat treatment.
  • the first member and the second member are non-transparent to light.
  • the technology disclosed herein uses a thermosetting adhesive that can be cured by heat treatment and lose its adhesive strength, and is therefore applicable to the separation of non-transparent members as described above.
  • the adhesive portion is made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive portion has a laminated structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a base layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in that order.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment having an adhesive portion having any of the above configurations.
  • the adhesive layer has a gel fraction increase of 10% or more after heat treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes.
  • the adhesive strength to the member can be reduced by utilizing heat treatment.
  • the adhesive layer preferably has a Young's modulus Y1 [MPa] after heat treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes that is 100 times or more the Young's modulus Y0 [MPa] before heating, i.e., a Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1/Y0) of 100 or more.
  • a Young's modulus change ratio after heating Y1/Y0
  • an adhesive sheet used as a joint in any of the separation methods disclosed herein.
  • This adhesive sheet has a curable adhesive layer.
  • the separation method disclosed herein is preferably carried out.
  • an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer having an adhesive layer.
  • This adhesive sheet has holes.
  • the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator. According to the adhesive sheet having the above configuration, the adherend can be easily peeled off with little load by supplying a fluid to the holes after heat treatment.
  • the adhesive sheet having the above configuration can be preferably applied to the separation method disclosed herein.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic example of a structure used in a separation method.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a structure used in the separation method.
  • the "base polymer” of an adhesive refers to the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive.
  • the rubber-like polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature.
  • the "main component” refers to a component that is contained in an amount of more than 50% by weight, unless otherwise specified.
  • acrylic polymer refers to a polymer that contains, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, a monomer unit derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule.
  • an acrylic polymer is defined as a polymer that contains a monomer unit derived from an acrylic monomer.
  • acrylic monomer refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule.
  • (meth)acryloyl group refers collectively to acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Therefore, the concept of acrylic monomer here can include both monomers having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomers) and monomers having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomers).
  • (meth)acrylic acid refers collectively to acrylic acid and methacrylic acid
  • (meth)acrylate refers collectively to acrylate and methacrylate. The same applies to other similar terms.
  • weight may be read as “mass.”
  • % by weight may be read as “% by mass”
  • parts by weight may be read as “parts by mass.”
  • the member separation method disclosed herein is a method for separating at least one of a first member and a second member from a structure having the first member and the second member after a heat treatment.
  • the structure used in the above separation method has a cross-sectional structure, for example, as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the structure 100 shown in FIG. 1 has a first member 10, an adhesive portion 30, and a second member 20 in this order.
  • the adhesive portion 30 is disposed between the first member 10 and the second member 20 and adheres to the first member 10 and the second member 20.
  • the first member 10 and the second member 20 are sheet-shaped or plate-shaped, and the adhesive portion 30 is a layered body.
  • the adhesive portion 30 is composed of a curable adhesive layer 31 and bonds the first member 10 and the second member 20. In other words, the first member 10 and the second member 20 are bonded via the adhesive portion 30 including the curable adhesive layer 31.
  • the first member 10 is a semiconductor wafer
  • the second member 20 is a metal member
  • a substrate-less adhesive sheet 30 made of a curable adhesive layer 31 is used as the adhesive part 30. More specifically, a first adhesive surface (first adhesive surface) which is one surface 30A of the adhesive part (adhesive sheet) 30 is adhered to a first member 10 as an adherend, and a second adhesive surface (second adhesive surface) which is the other surface 30B (the surface opposite to the one surface) of the adhesive part (adhesive sheet) 30 is adhered to a second member 20 as an adherend.
  • the second member 20 has a flow hole 25, and the adhesive portion 30 also has a hole (through hole) 35, which connects the first member 10 and the second member 20.
  • the second member 20 and the adhesive portion 30 are arranged so that the openings of the flow holes 25 and the holes 35 match, and the first member 10 is arranged on the holes 35 and contacts the curable adhesive layer 31.
  • a heat treatment is performed on the structure 100.
  • the heat treatment may be a heat treatment on at least one of the first member 10 and the second member 20.
  • heating for processing the semiconductor wafer as the first member 10 corresponds to the above-mentioned heat treatment.
  • the heat treatment may be a heat treatment on the adhesive portion 30.
  • the heat treatment on the adhesive portion 30 may correspond to a heat curing treatment or an adhesive strength reducing treatment step.
  • the temperature of the heat treatment is appropriately set depending on the purpose of the heat treatment.
  • the heat resistance of the member is also taken into consideration when setting the heat treatment temperature.
  • the heat treatment temperature may be, for example, over 100°C, 120°C or more, 150°C or more (e.g., over 150°C), 160°C or more, or 170°C or more.
  • the upper limit of the heat treatment temperature is generally about 250°C or less, and may be 230°C or less or 200°C or less.
  • the heat treatment time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 3 minutes or more, 5 minutes or more, 10 minutes or more, 20 minutes or more, 30 minutes or more, 60 minutes or more, more than 1 hour, more than 3 hours, more than 4 hours, or more than 5 hours.
  • the heat treatment time there is no particular upper limit to the heat treatment time, but it may be, for example, within 10 hours, within 5 hours, or within 3 hours. From the viewpoint of the efficiency of the heating process, it may be, for example, within 1 hour or within 30 minutes.
  • the heating means and means such as placing the material in a high-temperature chamber such as an oven or blowing hot air can be used.
  • the curable adhesive layer 31 of the adhesive portion 30 is a thermosetting adhesive
  • the curable adhesive layer 31 may be cured by the above-mentioned heat treatment, and the adhesive strength of the adhesive portion 30 may be reduced.
  • the curable adhesive layer 31 is a curable adhesive other than a thermosetting adhesive
  • the curable adhesive layer 31 is an active energy ray curable adhesive such as an ultraviolet ray curable adhesive
  • the curable adhesive layer 31 may be irradiated with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays before or after the above-mentioned heat treatment to cure the curable adhesive layer 31 and reduce the adhesive strength.
  • the adhesive strength of the adhesive portion 30 that had firmly bonded the first member 10 and the second member 20 is reduced, but the first member 10 and the second member 20 are held together without being separated.
  • the curable adhesive layer 31 can hold the first member 10 and the second member 20 to such an extent that they do not peel off from each other.
  • This reduction in adhesive strength and holding state is preferably achieved, for example, by using an adhesive containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator, which will be described later, although there are no particular limitations thereon. This prevents the members 10 and 20 from being separated from the adhesive portion 30 at an unintended timing.
  • a fluid is supplied to the adhesive portion 30 from the side of the second member 20.
  • air A is supplied to the through hole 25 of the second member 20.
  • the supplied air A passes through the through hole 25 and further passes through the hole 35 of the adhesive portion 20 to reach the first member 10.
  • the air A presses the surface 10A of the first member 10 (the surface in contact with the adhesive portion 30) so as to separate the first member 10 from the adhesive portion 30.
  • This action creates a gap on the adhesive surface between the first member 10 and the adhesive portion 30, centered on the opening of the hole 35, and the air A moves along the surface direction between the surface 10A of the first member 10 and the first adhesive surface 30A of the adhesive portion 30 so as to expand the gap, and the first member 10 and the adhesive portion 30 are separated.
  • the semiconductor wafer which is the first member 10
  • the first member 10 can be easily separated only by a force (air pressure) in a direction perpendicular to the adhesive surface between the first member 10 and the adhesive portion 30 .
  • the fluid is not limited to air, and various gases such as nitrogen gas can be used.
  • the fluid is also not limited to gas, and liquids such as water, ethanol, and other organic solvents can be used.
  • the fluid supply means is not particularly limited, and any publicly known or commonly used gas or liquid supply device can be used. The amount of fluid supplied (supply rate) is appropriately set according to the purpose, the type of material, the adhesive sheet, the size, etc.
  • FIG. 2 Another example of the structure used in the separation method is shown in FIG. 2.
  • the structure 200 shown in FIG. 2 differs from the structure 100 shown in FIG. 1 in that the adhesive portion 30 has a laminated structure including a first adhesive layer 31, a base layer 34, and a second adhesive layer 32 in this order.
  • the adhesive sheet 30 used as the adhesive portion 30 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet with a base material in which the first adhesive layer 31 and the second adhesive layer 32 are provided on the first surface 34A and the second surface 34B of the base material layer 34 (e.g., a resin film), respectively.
  • both the first adhesive layer 31 and the second adhesive layer 32 are curable adhesive layers.
  • Other points regarding the structure 200 are basically the same as those of the structure shown in FIG. 1, so the description will not be repeated.
  • the separability of the first member 10 and the second member 20 can be made different, and only the members to be separated can be reliably separated, or the timing of separation of the members can be made different. It is also possible to separate only one of the first member 10 and the second member 20 at a desired timing, and not separate the other from the adhesive portion 30, or to separate it by a different method or at a different timing. For example, after separating the first member 10 and the second member 20 from the structure 200, the adhesive portion (adhesive sheet) 30 remaining on the separated member can be easily peeled off from the member.
  • both the first adhesive layer 31 and the second adhesive layer may be curable as described above, or only one of the adhesive layers may be curable.
  • the first member does not have a through hole, but the first member may have a through hole and the second member may be separated by supplying a fluid to the adhesive portion from the first member side.
  • the second member may have a through hole or may not have a through hole.
  • the number of through holes provided in the first member and the second member is not limited to 1, and may be an appropriate number from, for example, about 1 to 50. Depending on the size of the members, the number of through holes may be 2 or more, 5 or more, or 10 or more so that separation is performed with less load.
  • the porous structure may be used as a fluid passage.
  • the size of the through hole is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately set according to the purpose and the material and size of the members, for example, to have an opening with a diameter in the range of about 10 microns to several centimeters (more specifically, for example, about 10 ⁇ m to 5 cm).
  • the number of holes in the adhesive portion (adhesive sheet) is one, but is not limited to this, and can be an appropriate number, for example, from about 1 to 50, depending on the number of flow holes in the first member and the second member. Depending on the size of the members, the number of holes may be two or more, five or more, or ten or more, so that separation is performed with less load.
  • the adhesive portion (adhesive sheet) may not have holes.
  • the second member can be separated from the adhesive portion by the fluid supplied from the flow hole of the second member.
  • the first member can be separated from the adhesive portion.
  • the size of the hole is not particularly limited, and can be set appropriately depending on the purpose, the size of the opening of the flow hole, and the material and size of the member, for example, with an opening having a diameter ranging from about 10 microns to several centimeters (more specifically, for example, about 10 ⁇ m to 5 cm).
  • the size of the hole opening may be the same as or different from the size of the opening of the flow hole of the member.
  • the first member, second member, and adhesive portion that constitute the structure are all configured in a layered, sheet-like, or plate-like shape, and the structure has the form of a laminated structure (laminate), but the shapes of the first member, second member, and adhesive portion do not have to be layered, sheet-like, or plate-like, and can have various shapes.
  • the first member and second member only need to have a surface that contacts the adhesive portion, and may have various three-dimensional member shapes, such as complex shapes and curved shapes, based on the application and purpose of use.
  • the adhesive portion can also have various shapes to match the surface shapes of the first member and second member.
  • first member in the terms “first member” and “second member” is used to mean a component of a structure, and is not limited to any other meaning.
  • first member and the second member may each be an independent item or part, or each may be a member that constitutes a different item.
  • the structure may also include other members and components in addition to the first and second members.
  • the structure may be composed of multiple members and elements.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (more specifically, the adhesive sheet described below) can be one in which, for example, high-temperature heat treatment as described above hardens the adhesive, reducing the peel strength or suppressing the increase in peel strength, and even if the heated state continues for a long period of time, an increase in peel strength (heavy peeling) does not occur or is suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to maintain easy peelability by heat even after a long period of heat treatment.
  • the adhesive sheet that can be used as the adhesive portion in the separation method disclosed herein will be described in detail, followed by a detailed description of the first member and the second member.
  • the adhesive sheets and structures provided below in this specification are suitable for the separation method described above, but can be used in aspects that are not limited to the separation method described above.
  • the adhesive sheets and structures disclosed herein are not limited to being used in the separation method described above.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is configured to include an adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive sheet may be a substrate-attached adhesive sheet having the above-mentioned adhesive layer on both sides of a non-releasable substrate (support substrate), or may be a substrate-less adhesive sheet (i.e., an adhesive sheet without a non-releasable substrate.
  • the adhesive sheet is made of an adhesive layer) having the above-mentioned adhesive layer held by a release liner.
  • the concept of adhesive sheet here may include those called adhesive tape, adhesive film, etc.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a roll or a sheet before use. Alternatively, it may be an adhesive sheet in the form of a processed form into various shapes.
  • the adhesive layer various curable adhesive layers can be used. As a result, the adhesive layer is cured by heating, irradiation with active energy rays, etc., and the adhesive strength to the adherend can be reduced.
  • the adhesive constituting such an adhesive layer may be a thermosetting adhesive that is cured by heating, or an active energy ray curable adhesive (typically an ultraviolet ray curable adhesive) that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.
  • a curable adhesive refers to an adhesive (layer) that satisfies at least one of the following conditions: the gel fraction is increased by 5% or more compared to the initial state (before the curing treatment) and the Young's modulus is increased by 2.0 times or more when subjected to a predetermined curing treatment (for example, a heating treatment or an active energy ray irradiation treatment under predetermined conditions).
  • a predetermined curing treatment for example, a heating treatment or an active energy ray irradiation treatment under predetermined conditions.
  • thermosetting adhesive refers to an adhesive (layer) that satisfies at least one of the following conditions: the gel fraction is increased by 5% or more (preferably 10% or more) compared to the initial state (before heating) when subjected to a heating treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes and the Young's modulus is increased by 2.0 times or more (preferably 5.0 times or more or 10 times or more).
  • the above gel fraction and Young's modulus are measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • thermosetting adhesive layer it is preferable to use a thermosetting adhesive layer as the adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive layer can be cured efficiently and effectively by utilizing a heat treatment.
  • various adhesive layers containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator can be preferably used.
  • the adhesive layer is preferably cured by heating or irradiation with active energy rays, etc., and the adhesive force to the adherend can be better reduced.
  • the adhesive constituting such an adhesive layer may be a thermosetting adhesive that is cured by heating, or may be an active energy ray curable adhesive (typically an ultraviolet ray curable adhesive) that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.
  • an active energy ray curable adhesive typically an ultraviolet ray curable adhesive
  • the above ethylenically unsaturated group can be included in the adhesive layer by using a polymer or monomer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a "combined monomer" for the purpose of distinguishing it from the monomer component used in the synthesis of the above polymer) that has an ethylenically unsaturated group as the polymer or monomer that can be included in the adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive layer (curable adhesive layer) disclosed herein it is also possible to use other curable adhesive layers, such as a curable adhesive layer (typically a thermosetting adhesive layer) that utilizes a curing reaction of an epoxy-acid (e.g., an acid anhydride).
  • the type of adhesive is not particularly limited.
  • the adhesive layer may contain one or more of various rubber-like polymers such as acrylic polymers, rubber polymers (e.g., natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), polyester polymers, urethane polymers, polyether polymers, silicone polymers, polyamide polymers, and fluorine polymers that can be used in the field of adhesives.
  • the above polymers may be used as base polymers in adhesives and function as structural polymers that form the adhesive. From the viewpoint of adhesive performance, cost, etc., an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer or a rubber polymer as a base polymer may be preferably adopted. Among them, an adhesive (acrylic adhesive) having an acrylic polymer with excellent heat resistance as a base polymer is preferable.
  • acrylic adhesives and adhesive layers made of such adhesives i.e., adhesive sheets having acrylic adhesive layers, but it is not intended to limit the adhesive layers disclosed herein to acrylic adhesive layers.
  • the acrylic polymer is an acrylic polymer in which more than 50% by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer is an acrylic monomer.
  • the proportion of the acrylic monomer in the monomer components is suitably 60% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, and even more preferably 85% by weight or more, and may be, for example, 90% by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the proportion of the acrylic monomer in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is 100% by weight, and the proportion of the acrylic monomer may be, for example, 98% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, or 92% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of using a non-acrylic monomer.
  • the acrylic monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the monomer component includes an alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate.
  • Acrylic polymers that include an alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate as a monomer component tend to provide good adhesion and are compatible with, for example, the monomer contained in the adhesive layer described below (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "combined monomer” to distinguish it from the monomer component used in the synthesis of the polymer).
  • the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates include alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, propoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate; alkoxy(poly)alkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as methoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxydipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxydipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, and ethoxypolyprop
  • alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates are preferred, and among these, alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates having an alkoxy group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms (e.g., 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms) are more preferred, with methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate being particularly preferred.
  • the content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of effectively obtaining the effect of using the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate, the content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is usually about 1% by weight or more, for example, 10% by weight or more, or 30% by weight or more.
  • the content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, more than 30% by weight, preferably 40% by weight or more, more preferably 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight), and even more preferably 55% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and compatibility with the blended monomer.
  • the upper limit of the content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the above monomer component is approximately 99% by weight or less in some embodiments, from the viewpoint of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into the polymer and obtaining the effects of other copolymerizable monomers such as functional group-containing monomers, and may be 90% by weight or less, preferably 80% by weight or less, more preferably 70% by weight or less, and even more preferably 65% by weight or less, and may be 60% by weight or less.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain a chain alkyl (meth)acrylate having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms at the ester end.
  • a chain alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having X to Y carbon atoms at the ester end may be referred to as a "C X-Y alkyl (meth)acrylate”.
  • chain is used to mean both linear and branched.
  • the chain alkyl (meth)acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl.
  • a C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate is used as a monomer component constituting an acrylic polymer
  • the C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to make it easier to obtain good adhesive properties (adhesive strength, etc.).
  • an acrylic polymer containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the monomer component is preferable, and an acrylic polymer containing at least 2EHA is particularly preferable.
  • a C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate a C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be preferably used.
  • the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a C 7-10 alkyl acrylate is preferred, a C 7-9 alkyl acrylate is more preferred, and a C 8 alkyl acrylate is even more preferred.
  • the content of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of effectively obtaining the effect of using the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate, in some embodiments, the content of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is usually about 1% by weight or more, for example, 10% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, or 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight).
  • the content of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate is about 99% by weight or less, may be 90% by weight or less, may be about 70% by weight or less, may be 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), may be 30% by weight or less, may be 10% by weight or less, may be 1% by weight or less, or may be 0.1% by weight or less.
  • the monomer component may be substantially free of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer preferably contain other monomers other than the above alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and linear alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • Such other monomers may be monomers (copolymerizable monomers) that are copolymerizable with the alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and linear alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the other monomers may be used, for example, to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated group into the polymer.
  • monomers having a polar group e.g., a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, etc.
  • the monomers having a polar group may be useful for introducing crosslinking points into the acrylic polymer or for increasing the cohesive strength of the adhesive.
  • the other monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Other monomers that can be used include, for example, carboxyl group-containing monomers, acid anhydride group-containing monomers, hydroxyl group-containing monomers, amide group-containing monomers, amino group-containing monomers, monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, monomers containing a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group, epoxy group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, monomers having a succinimide skeleton, maleimides, itaconimides, aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates, alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers, vinyl esters, vinyl ethers, aromatic vinyl compounds, olefins, (meth)acrylic acid esters having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, (meth)acrylic acid esters having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and other heterocyclic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, halogen
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, but it is appropriate that it is 1 weight % or more of the total monomer components. From the viewpoint of better exerting the effect of using the other monomers, the amount of the other monomers used may be 10 weight % or more of the total monomer components, 20 weight % or more, or 30 weight % or more. Also, from the viewpoint of making it easier to balance the adhesive properties, it is appropriate that the amount of the other monomers used is 60 weight % or less of the total monomer components, and it is preferably 50 weight % or less (for example, less than 50 weight %), and may be 45 weight % or less.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer includes a monomer having a nitrogen atom.
  • a monomer having a nitrogen atom can increase the cohesive strength of the adhesive and favorably improve the adhesive strength.
  • the monomer having a nitrogen atom for example, an amide group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, or a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring can be used.
  • the monomer having a nitrogen atom can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • Non-limiting examples of monomers having a nitrogen atom include the following: Amide group-containing monomers: for example, (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dipropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diisopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-di(n-butyl)(meth)acrylamide, and N,N-di(t-butyl)(meth)acrylamide; N-monoalkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N-butyl(meth)acrylamide, and N-n-butyl(meth)acrylamide; N-vinyl carboxylic acid amides such as N-vinylacetamide; monomers having a hydroxy
  • Amino group-containing monomers for example, aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, t-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • Monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpiperazine, N-vinylpyrazine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole, N-(meth)acryloyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylpiperidine, N-(meth)acryloylpyrrolidone N-vinyl morpholine, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, N-vinyl morpholine, N-vinyl-3-morpholinone, N-vinyl-2-caprolactam, N-vinyl-1,3-oxazin-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-morpholinedione, N-vinyl
  • a suitable example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring.
  • N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone (NVP) and N-acryloylmorpholine (ACMO) are preferred.
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom (preferably a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring) used is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used in the monomer component may be 1% by weight or more, or may be 3% by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used in the monomer component is 5% by weight or more, more preferably 7% by weight or more, even more preferably 9% by weight or more, or may be 10% by weight or more, or may be 12% by weight or more, or may be 14% by weight or more. The more the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used, the more the cohesive strength of the adhesive tends to improve.
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used is suitably, for example, 40% by weight or less of the entire monomer component, and may be 35% by weight or less. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used in the monomer component is 30% by weight or less, more preferably 25% by weight or less, even more preferably 20% by weight or less, or may be 18% by weight or less.
  • the monomer component includes a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • a hydroxyl group-containing monomer can adjust the cohesive strength and crosslink density of the adhesive, improving the adhesive strength.
  • a hydroxyl group-containing monomer can be preferably used as a means of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into a polymer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomers examples include hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, and (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate.
  • 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) can be preferably used.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the total monomer components.
  • the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 1% by weight or more of the total monomer components, more preferably 2% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more.
  • the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 5% by weight or more of the total monomer components, more preferably 7% by weight or more, even more preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 12% by weight or more.
  • Such an amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is suitable when the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is used as a means for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into the polymer.
  • the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is, for example, 40% by weight or less of the total monomer components, and is preferably 30% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less, and even more preferably 15% by weight or less.
  • the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is a monomer having a polar group (polar group-containing monomer) that is a combination of a monomer having a nitrogen atom (e.g., an amide group-containing monomer such as (meth)acrylamide, a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring such as NVP or ACMO) and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer (e.g., HEA, 4HBA).
  • a polar group-containing monomer that is a combination of a monomer having a nitrogen atom (e.g., an amide group-containing monomer such as (meth)acrylamide, a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring such as NVP or ACMO) and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer (e.g., HEA, 4HBA).
  • the weight ratio (A N /A OH ) of the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom A N to the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer A OH is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 1.0 or more, 1.2 or more, 1.5 or more, or 1.8 or more.
  • the weight ratio (A N /A OH ) may be, for example, 10 or less, 5 or less, 3 or less, or 2.5 or less.
  • the monomer component may include a carboxy group-containing monomer.
  • carboxy group-containing monomers include acrylic acid (AA), methacrylic acid (MAA), carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and the like.
  • Preferred examples include AA and MAA.
  • the carboxy group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. For example, AA and MAA may be used in combination.
  • the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 6% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more of the total monomer components.
  • the proportion of the carboxyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less (for example, less than 1% by weight), or 0.1% by weight or less.
  • the monomer components may be substantially free of the carboxyl group-containing monomer.
  • an acrylic polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group which will be described later
  • a monomer having a functional group (functional group A) that can react with a functional group (functional group B) of a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group which will be described later.
  • the type of the other monomer is determined by the above-mentioned compound type.
  • the other monomer having functional group A for example, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an epoxy group-containing monomer, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, or an isocyanate group-containing monomer is preferable, and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is particularly preferable.
  • a hydroxyl group-containing monomer as the other monomer, the acrylic polymer has a hydroxyl group.
  • an isocyanate group-containing monomer as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer reacts with the isocyanate group of the compound, and the ethylenically unsaturated group derived from the compound is introduced into the acrylic polymer.
  • the amount of the other monomers is appropriately set to about 1% by weight or more of the total monomer components from the viewpoint of adhesive properties such as curability and cohesive strength of the adhesive, and is preferably about 5% by weight or more, more preferably about 10% by weight or more, and may be about 12% by weight or more.
  • the amount of the other monomers is appropriately set to about 40% by weight or less of the total monomer components, and is preferably about 30% by weight or less, more preferably about 25% by weight or less, and may be about 20% by weight or less (e.g., 15% by weight or less).
  • the acrylic polymer may contain, as another monomer component, a polyfunctional monomer having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups, such as a (meth)acryloyl group or a vinyl group.
  • a polyfunctional monomer having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups, such as a (meth)acryloyl group or a vinyl group.
  • the polyfunctional monomer can be used as a crosslinking agent.
  • suitable monomers from those exemplified as blended monomers contained in the adhesive layer described below can be used alone or in combination.
  • the amount of polyfunctional monomer used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set so that the purpose of using the polyfunctional monomer is achieved.
  • the amount of polyfunctional monomer used can be about 3% by weight or less of the monomer component, preferably about 2% by weight or less, and more preferably about 1% by weight or less (e.g., about 0.5% by weight or less).
  • the lower limit of the amount used is not particularly limited as long as it is greater than 0% by weight.
  • the effect of using the polyfunctional monomer can be appropriately achieved by setting the amount of polyfunctional monomer used to about 0.001% by weight or more of the monomer component (e.g., about 0.01% by weight or more).
  • the method for obtaining the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods known as methods for synthesizing acrylic polymers, such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization, can be appropriately adopted.
  • solution polymerization can be preferably adopted.
  • a monomer supply method when performing solution polymerization a lump-sum charging method in which all monomer raw materials are supplied at once, a continuous supply (dropping) method, a divided supply (dropping) method, and the like can be appropriately adopted.
  • the polymerization temperature can be appropriately selected depending on the type of monomer and solvent used, the type of polymerization initiator, and the like, and can be, for example, about 20°C to 170°C (typically about 40°C to 140°C).
  • the solvent (polymerization solvent) used in solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents.
  • aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetate esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc.
  • the initiator used for polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known polymerization initiators depending on the type of polymerization method. For example, but not limited to, azo-based polymerization initiators, peroxide-based polymerization initiators, redox-based polymerization initiators formed by combining peroxides with reducing agents, substituted ethane-based polymerization initiators, etc. can be used.
  • the polymerization initiator for example, one or more of the radical polymerization initiators (e.g., thermal polymerization initiators) exemplified below to be added to the adhesive layer can be selected and used.
  • the amount of the polymerization initiator used is not particularly limited and may be a normal amount depending on the polymerization method and polymerization mode. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, e.g., about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) of the polymerization initiator can be used per 100 parts by weight of the total monomer components to be polymerized.
  • the adhesive layer comprises a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group such as an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group, or an allyl group.
  • the adhesive containing the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group reacts when heated or by irradiation with active energy rays, etc., and the adhesive can be cured to a high degree of curing, and excellent peelability (e.g., heat peelability and heat resistance peelability) can be obtained.
  • the adhesive containing the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains a monomer (compounded monomer), sufficient peelability (e.g., heat peelability and heat resistance peelability) can be realized while limiting the amount of the compounded monomer used.
  • a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is used as the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the monomer component of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group one or more of the monomer components exemplified for the above polymer can be used in the above content range.
  • the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups in a polymer having ethylenically unsaturated groups is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of curability, etc., it is appropriate to make it 0.01 mmol per 1 g of polymer (hereinafter also referred to as mmol/g) or more, and it may be 0.1 mmol/g or more, or 0.5 mmol/g or more.
  • the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups in the above polymer is appropriate to be 10.0 mmol/g or less, and may be 5.0 mmol/g or less, 3.0 mmol/g or less, 2.5 mmol/g or less, or 2.0 mmol/g or less.
  • the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group in the polymer is measured by the following method, for example, when the ethylenically unsaturated group is a (meth)acryloyl group.
  • 0.25 mg of the polymer to be measured is dissolved in 50 mL of THF (tetrahydrofuran), and 15 mL of methanol is added to obtain a solution.
  • 10 mL of 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to the above solution to obtain a mixed solution.
  • the above mixed solution is stirred at a liquid temperature of 40° C. for 2 hours.
  • 10.2 mL of 4N methanesulfonic acid solution is added to the above mixed solution and stirred.
  • An example of a method for measuring the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups other than (meth)acryloyl groups is a method for measuring the bromine number in accordance with JIS K2605: 1996.
  • the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups other than (meth)acryloyl groups is determined by converting the number of grams of bromine ( Br2 ) added to 100 g of the polymer to be measured into the number of moles of bromine ( Br2 ) added to 1 g of the polymer.
  • the method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into a polymer is not particularly limited, and an appropriate method can be selected from among methods known to those skilled in the art. From the viewpoint of molecular design, etc., a method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into a side chain of a polymer is preferable. For example, a method of reacting (typically condensation, addition reaction) a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a functional group (functional group B) that can react with a functional group (functional group A) introduced into an acrylic polymer by copolymerization, so that the ethylenically unsaturated group does not disappear, can be preferably adopted.
  • Examples of combinations of functional group A and functional group B include a combination of a carboxy group and an epoxy group, a combination of a carboxy group and an aziridyl group, and a combination of a hydroxyl group and an isocyanate group.
  • a combination of a hydroxyl group and an isocyanate group is preferable from the viewpoint of reaction traceability. From the viewpoint of polymer design, etc., a combination in which the acrylic polymer has a hydroxyl group and the above compound has an isocyanate group is particularly preferable.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may have a functional group B capable of reacting with functional group A, as described above.
  • Suitable examples of such compounds include isocyanate group-containing monomers (isocyanate group-containing compounds) such as 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate. Of these, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate is more preferred.
  • An acrylic polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be obtained by reacting the isocyanate group of the isocyanate group-containing compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer to form a bond (specifically a urethane bond).
  • the amount of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (e.g., an isocyanate group-containing monomer) added is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of reactivity with the functional group A (e.g., a hydroxyl group) in the polymer, the molar ratio (M A /M B ) of the moles of the functional group A (M A ) to the moles of the functional group B ( isocyanate group) (M B ) may be set in the range of about 0.5 to 2 (e.g., 1 to 1.5).
  • the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group used is suitably about 10% by weight or more of the total polymer (specifically, base polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and may be about 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight), 70% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, 95% by weight or more, or 99 to 100% by weight.
  • the base polymer contained in the adhesive layer may consist essentially of a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the polymer may be a polymer that is substantially free of ethylenically unsaturated groups such as acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and allyl groups (the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups is less than 0.01 mmol/g).
  • the amount of such polymer used is suitably about 10% by weight or more of the entire polymer (specifically, base polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and may be about 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight), 70% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, 95% by weight or more, or 99 to 100% by weight.
  • the base polymer contained in the adhesive layer may be substantially composed of a polymer that is substantially free of ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer (e.g., acrylic polymer) is not particularly limited and can be set in an appropriate range according to the required performance.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer is suitably about 1 ⁇ 10 4 or more, for example, about 10 ⁇ 10 4 or more.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the Mw may be 20 ⁇ 10 4 or more, 30 ⁇ 10 4 or more, about 40 ⁇ 10 4 or more, about 50 ⁇ 10 4 or more, for example, about 55 ⁇ 10 4 or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining heat resistance and good adhesiveness.
  • the upper limit of the Mw of the polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 1000 ⁇ 10 4 or less, or about 100 ⁇ 10 4 or less.
  • Mw refers to a value calculated in terms of standard polystyrene obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • a model named "HLC-8320GPC” (column: TSKgelGMH-H(S), manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) may be used.
  • the adhesive layer preferably contains a monomer (a blended monomer) in addition to the polymer.
  • the monomer has an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group of the monomer functions as a polymerizable functional group (typically a radically polymerizable functional group).
  • the monomer is included in the adhesive layer in a pre-reacted (unreacted) state.
  • the monomer included in the adhesive layer reacts during heat treatment under predetermined conditions or by irradiation with active energy rays, etc., to reduce the adhesive force and realize easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating).
  • the monomer when the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive, the monomer can be included to form a thermosetting adhesive that has heat resistance and easy peelability even after heat treatment. More specifically, usually, when the adhesive is attached to an adherend and heated, for example, at a high temperature, it is adsorbed to the surface of the adherend. Therefore, the adhesive strength to the adherend is strengthened, resulting in heavy peeling.
  • the adhesive contains a monomer together with a thermal polymerization initiator (e.g., a peroxide-based polymerization initiator), the reaction (radical polymerization reaction) between the monomer and the thermal polymerization initiator proceeds rapidly upon heating, and the adhesive can be cured prior to the adhesive being adsorbed to the adherend.
  • a thermal polymerization initiator e.g., a peroxide-based polymerization initiator
  • the technology disclosed herein is not limited to the above considerations.
  • the above monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the above monomers include, but are not limited to, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and allyl groups. Suitable examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups include acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Of these, acryloyl groups are preferred.
  • compounds having acryloyl groups and/or methacryloyl groups may be referred to as acrylic monomers.
  • Compounds having vinyl groups may be referred to as vinyl monomers.
  • the molecular weight of the above monomer may be, for example, 150 or more, 250 or more, 300 or more, 350 or more, 400 or more, 450 or more, or 500 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the above monomer is usually about 100,000 or less, for example, about 10,000 or less (e.g., less than 10,000) is appropriate, 5,000 or less (e.g., less than 5,000) is preferable, 1,500 or less, 1,000 or less (e.g., less than 1,000), 800 or less, or 600 or less.
  • the use of the above monomer having a molecular weight in the above range can be advantageous, for example, in terms of the preparation and coatability of the adhesive composition.
  • the above molecular weight is a molecular weight calculated from the manufacturer's nominal value or molecular structure.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) calculated using standard polystyrene standards obtained by GPC may be used.
  • the monomer has a weight loss rate of 1% or less (specifically, 1.0% or less) when reaching 180°C in TGA (thermogravimetric analysis) under a temperature rise condition of 10°C/min.
  • TGA thermogravimetric analysis
  • the adhesive layer has easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating) based on the inclusion of the monomer, while suppressing outgas generation during heating.
  • the heat-resistant monomer for example, it is possible to achieve both easy peelability by heating and reduced outgassing.
  • the weight loss rate of the heat-resistant monomer at 180°C is 0.9% or less, more preferably 0.8% or less, even more preferably 0.7% or less, particularly preferably 0.6% or less, and may be 0.5% or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight loss rate of the heat-resistant monomer when heated to 180°C is theoretically 0%, and may be 0.1% or more in practice, 0.2% or more, or 0.3% or more.
  • TMPTA trimethylolpropane triacrylate
  • DPHA dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate
  • the heat-resistant monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the weight loss rate of the above monomer when heated to 180°C can be measured using a differential thermal analyzer (manufactured by TA Instruments, product name "Discovery TGA”) under measurement conditions of a temperature rise of 10°C/min, in an air atmosphere, and at a flow rate of 25 mL/min.
  • a differential thermal analyzer manufactured by TA Instruments, product name "Discovery TGA”
  • a polyfunctional monomer is used as the monomer.
  • a polyfunctional monomer refers to a polymerizable compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, and includes those called oligomers.
  • a compound having two or more acryloyl groups and/or methacryloyl groups may be referred to as a polyfunctional acrylic monomer.
  • a compound having two or more vinyl groups may be referred to as a polyfunctional vinyl monomer.
  • the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the polyfunctional monomer may be 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and may be 6 or more.
  • the more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the polyfunctional monomer the easier it is to obtain peelability.
  • the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive, it tends to have good curing properties when heated and to be easily peelable when heated.
  • a polyfunctional monomer having a larger number of ethylenically unsaturated groups (functional groups) can be used to obtain easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability when heated) with a relatively small amount of use.
  • the upper limit of the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the polyfunctional monomer is not limited to a specific range, and may be, for example, 50 or less, 40 or less, 30 or less, 20 or less, or 15 or less. In some embodiments, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the polyfunctional monomer may be, for example, 10 or less, 8 or less, or 6 or less. Multifunctional monomers having the above number of ethylenically unsaturated groups tend to provide both good adhesion and easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability upon heating), and also tend to have excellent storage stability.
  • polyfunctional acrylate monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups or polyfunctional vinyl monomers can be used.
  • polyfunctional acrylate monomers can be preferably used.
  • polyfunctional acrylate monomers tend to be compatible and easily exhibit desired properties when used in combination with acrylic polymers.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate monomers and polyfunctional vinyl monomers can each be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Multifunctional monomers include 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide modified bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide modified neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, dimethylol dicyclopenta
  • difunctional monomers such as trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethoxy tri(meth)acrylate, glycerin propoxy triacrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate; tetrafunctional monomers such as pentaerythritol alkoxy tetra(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate.
  • pentafunctional monomers such as sorbitol penta(meth)acrylate and dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate; hexafunctional monomers such as dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, sorbitol hexa(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide modified hexa(meth)acrylate, and caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate; and di- or higher functional epoxy acrylates, polyester acrylates, and urethane acrylates.
  • preferred examples include 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate. Of these, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer may be approximately 1 part by weight or more, or 3 parts by weight or more, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer.
  • the appropriate amount of the polyfunctional monomer may vary depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc., but in some preferred embodiments, the content of the polyfunctional monomer is 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts by weight or more, 8 parts by weight or more, or 9 parts by weight or more, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more (e.g., more than 10 parts by weight), more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 20 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of improving peelability (e.g., improving peelability by heating).
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer is 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts by weight or more, 8 parts by weight or more, or 9 parts by weight or more, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more (e.g., more than 10 parts by weight), more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 20 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of improving peelability (e.g.
  • the polyfunctional monomer contained in the adhesive layer reacts quickly upon heating, and the adhesive layer is thermally cured, thereby realizing easy peeling by heating.
  • the upper limit of the content of the polyfunctional monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve the desired adhesive properties.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is suitably about 200 parts by weight or less, preferably 160 parts by weight or less, more preferably 150 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 140 parts by weight or less, and may be 120 parts by weight or less, or may be 90 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be 70 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 50 parts by weight), 45 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 45 parts by weight), 40 parts by weight or less, 35 parts by weight or less, 30 parts by weight or less, 25 parts by weight or less, 20 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 20 parts by weight), 18 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, or 12 parts by weight or less.
  • the desired easy peelability e.g., easy peelability by heating
  • the desired easy peelability can be preferably achieved with a composition in which the amount of monomer in the adhesive layer is limited as described above.
  • the generation of low molecular weight components derived from the polyfunctional monomer after the reaction of the polyfunctional monomer is suppressed, and contamination of the adherend surface caused by such low molecular weight components can be prevented.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer in the total monomer is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer is appropriately about 10% by weight or more of the total monomer, preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably about 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight), even more preferably 70% by weight or more, even more preferably 90% by weight or more, particularly preferably 95% by weight or more, and may be 99 to 100% by weight.
  • the monomer contained in the adhesive composition may essentially consist of the polyfunctional monomer.
  • one or more types of monofunctional monomers containing one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule may be used as the above monomer.
  • the monofunctional monomer known monofunctional acrylate monomers or vinyl monomers may be used.
  • one or more types of acrylate monomers (alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates, chain alkyl (meth)acrylates, etc.) exemplified as monomer components of the above polymer may be used.
  • the content of the monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the monomer may be about 1 part by weight or more, or may be 3 parts by weight or more, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer.
  • the appropriate amount of the monomer may vary depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc., but in some preferred embodiments, the content of the monomer is 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts by weight or more, 8 parts by weight or more, or 9 parts by weight or more, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more (e.g., more than 10 parts by weight), more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 20 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of improving peelability (e.g., improving peelability by heating).
  • the content of the monomer is 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts by weight or more, 8 parts by weight or more, or 9 parts by weight or more, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more (e.g., more than 10 parts by weight), more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 20 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of improving peelability (e.g., improving peelability by heating
  • the monomer contained in the adhesive layer reacts quickly upon heating, and the adhesive layer is thermally cured, thereby realizing easy peeling by heating.
  • the upper limit of the content of the monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve the desired adhesive properties.
  • the amount of the monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is appropriate to be approximately 200 parts by weight or less, preferably 160 parts by weight or less, more preferably 150 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 140 parts by weight or less, and may be 120 parts by weight or less, or may be 90 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be 70 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 50 parts by weight), 45 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 45 parts by weight), 40 parts by weight or less, 35 parts by weight or less, 30 parts by weight or less, 25 parts by weight or less, 20 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 20 parts by weight), 18 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, or 12 parts by weight or less.
  • the desired improvement in easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability upon heating) can be preferably realized with a composition in which the amount of monomer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is limited as described above.
  • the amount of monomer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is limited as described above.
  • the generation of low molecular weight components derived from the monomer after the reaction of the monomer is suppressed, and contamination of the adherend surface caused by such low molecular weight components can be prevented.
  • the adhesive layer preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator.
  • the radical polymerization initiator may react with the ethylenically unsaturated group contained in the adhesive layer to cure the adhesive. This can reduce the adhesive strength to the adherend.
  • Suitable examples of the radical polymerization initiator include a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator. By incorporating a thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer, the adhesive layer can be designed as a thermosetting adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive layer can be designed as an active energy ray curable adhesive layer.
  • the radical polymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator may be used in combination.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented by an adhesive layer containing a thermal polymerization initiator suitable for a process including a heat treatment.
  • the adhesive layer contains a thermal polymerization initiator.
  • the thermal polymerization initiator refers to a polymerization initiator that generates radicals by heating.
  • the thermal polymerization initiator reacts with the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer during heat treatment under a predetermined condition, for example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, to reduce the adhesive strength and realize easy peeling by heating.
  • a thermal polymerization initiator By including a thermal polymerization initiator, a thermosetting adhesive having heat resistance and easy peeling property even after heat treatment can be formed.
  • thermal polymerization initiator one or more suitable types can be selected and used from various thermal polymerization initiators such as peroxide-based polymerization initiators, azo-based polymerization initiators, redox-based polymerization initiators formed by combining peroxides with reducing agents, and substituted ethane-based polymerization initiators.
  • thermal polymerization initiators such as peroxide-based polymerization initiators, azo-based polymerization initiators, redox-based polymerization initiators formed by combining peroxides with reducing agents, and substituted ethane-based polymerization initiators.
  • the thermal polymerization initiator preferably contains at least a peroxide-based polymerization initiator.
  • a peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer as a thermal polymerization initiator, for example in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer during heating, i.e., the curing reaction of the adhesive layer, proceeds rapidly, and it is possible to reliably exhibit easy peelability by heating for various adherends including materials that easily adhere to the adhesive layer by heating.
  • One of the reasons for this is thought to be the high initiation efficiency of peroxide-based polymerization initiators (particularly organic peroxide-based polymerization initiators).
  • peroxide-based polymerization initiators generate radicals (-O.) by cleaving -O-O- contained in the compound, but since this cleavage reaction is reversible, it is thought that recombination of -O-O- occurs if the radical does not collide with the ethylenically unsaturated group of the blended monomer or polymer.
  • This recombined initiator can undergo a cleavage reaction again during a specified heating time, collide with the blended monomer, etc., and react. Therefore, with a peroxide-based polymerization initiator, the thermal curing of the adhesive layer proceeds quickly, with a reaction speed that is significantly faster than that of other initiators (e.g., azo-based initiators).
  • peroxide-based polymerization initiator for example, organic peroxides such as diacyl peroxides, peroxy esters, peroxy dicarbonates, monoperoxy carbonates, peroxy ketals, dialkyl peroxides, hydroperoxides, and ketone peroxides are preferably used.
  • Suitable examples of peroxide-based polymerization initiators include benzoyl peroxide compounds (typically dibenzoyl peroxide (BPO)) having a benzoyl group that may have a substituent.
  • BPO dibenzoyl peroxide
  • the peroxide-based polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • peroxide polymerization initiators include BPO, 1,1-di(t-hexylperoxy)cyclohexane, cyclohexanone peroxide, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone peroxide, methylcyclohexanone peroxide, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, n-butyl-4,4-bis(t-butylperoxy)valerate, cumene hydroperoxide, 2,5-dimethylhexane-2,5-dihydroperoxide, and 1,3-bis(t-butylperoxy)-m-isopropanol.
  • Examples include diphenylbenzene, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexyne-3, diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, t-butylcumyl peroxide, didecanoyl peroxide, dilauroyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide, di(4-t-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(benzoylperoxy)hexane, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and di-t-butyl peroxide.
  • the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is suitably 0.1 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and is preferably 0.2 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.3 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 0.4 parts by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, may be 0.6 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.7 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be, for example, about 10 parts by weight or less, or about 5 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is suitably 3 parts by weight or less (less than 3 parts by weight), preferably 2.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 1.5 parts by weight or less, particularly preferably less than 1.2 parts by weight (e.g., 1.1 parts by weight or less), and may be 1.0 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 1.0 parts by weight), 0.9 parts by weight or less, 0.8 parts by weight or less, 0.7 parts by weight or less, or 0.6 parts by weight or less.
  • the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator within a predetermined range, it is possible to preferably realize a pressure-sensitive adhesive having efficient thermosetting and easy peeling by heating while obtaining adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and storage stability.
  • the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer can also be specified by the relative relationship with the blended monomer in the adhesive layer.
  • the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer is preferably 0.1 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.8 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 1.0 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 1.2 parts by weight or more, particularly preferably 1.5 parts by weight or more, and may be 2.0 parts by weight or more, or may be 2.5 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer is preferably 3 parts by weight or more, more preferably 5 parts by weight or more, and may be 7 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator used can be preferably adopted, for example, in a composition in which the monomer content is limited.
  • the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer may be, for example, about 20 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, 12 parts by weight or less, or 10 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer may be, for example, 7 parts by weight or less, 5 parts by weight or less, or 3 parts by weight or less.
  • the adhesive layer contains, as a thermal polymerization initiator, a persulfate such as potassium persulfate or ammonium persulfate; an azo compound such as an azonitrile compound, an azoamide compound, an azoester compound, an alkyl azo compound, an azoamidine compound, an azoimidazoline compound, or a polymeric azo compound, more specifically, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 4,4-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2'-azobis(N -butyl-2-methylpropionamide, 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), etc.; substituted ethane initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; redox initiators formed by combining a peroxide with a reducing agent, such as a combination of a peroxide with a
  • Thermal polymerization initiators other than these peroxide-based polymerization initiators are also called non-peroxide-based polymerization initiators.
  • Non-peroxide-based polymerization initiators may be used in addition to peroxide-based polymerization initiators.
  • the proportion of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the total thermal polymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer is suitably approximately 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, even more preferably 90% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 95 to 100% by weight.
  • the thermal polymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer may be composed of a peroxide-based polymerization initiator.
  • a thermal polymerization initiator whose self-decomposition acceleration temperature (SADT) [°C] satisfies the formula: SADT+10 ⁇ 60;.
  • SADT self-decomposition acceleration temperature
  • the SADT of the thermal polymerization initiator is defined as the minimum temperature at which heat generation or self-accelerating decomposition of 6°C or more occurs within 7 days in a certain amount of container.
  • SADT indicates the environmental temperature at the boundary of whether the thermal polymerization initiator causes decomposition.
  • the inventors Based on the fact that the maximum temperature to which the adhesive can be exposed during storage is 60°C, the inventors have experimentally confirmed that if the thermal polymerization initiator has a SADT that is -10°C of the maximum storage temperature or higher, the self-decomposition of the thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive is suppressed, and storage stability that can maintain good heat-peelability after storage is obtained. This is thought to be because heat is relatively less transmitted in the adhesive (solid) than in the case of the thermal polymerization initiator alone.
  • an adhesive designed with a thermal polymerization initiator having a SADT that satisfies the above formula can suppress decomposition of the thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive, even when the adhesive is exposed to a temperature of approximately 60°C before use, and the adhesive can maintain the desired heat-peelability.
  • An adhesive containing a thermal polymerization initiator made of a high SADT initiator has good storage stability and can maintain good heat-peelability after storage, even when stored for a long period of time or when there is a temperature change during storage. In this specification, the nominal value listed in the manufacturer's catalog, etc., is used as the SADT of the thermal polymerization initiator.
  • the amount of the thermal polymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is suitably 0.1 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and is preferably 0.2 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.3 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 0.4 parts by weight or more, and particularly preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.6 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.7 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the thermal polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be, for example, about 10 parts by weight or less, or about 5 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the thermal polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is suitably 3 parts by weight or less (less than 3 parts by weight), preferably 2.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 1.5 parts by weight or less, particularly preferably less than 1.2 parts by weight (e.g., 1.1 parts by weight or less), and may be 1.0 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 1.0 parts by weight), 0.9 parts by weight or less, 0.8 parts by weight or less, 0.7 parts by weight or less, or 0.6 parts by weight or less.
  • the total amount of the thermal polymerization initiator within a predetermined range, it is possible to preferably realize a pressure-sensitive adhesive having efficient thermosetting and easy peeling by heating while obtaining adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and storage stability.
  • the total proportion of the above-mentioned polymer (specifically, base polymer, for example, acrylic polymer), the above-mentioned monomer (for example, polyfunctional acrylic monomer) and thermal polymerization initiator (peroxide-based polymerization initiator, etc.) in the entire adhesive layer is suitably 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight and 100% by weight or less) from the viewpoint of effectively achieving a decrease in peel strength when heated, and is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, and even more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be 95% by weight or more, 98% by weight or more, or 99% by weight or more (for example, 99 to 100% by weight).
  • the adhesive layer contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator refers to a polymerization initiator that generates radicals by decomposing itself when irradiated with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.
  • active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.
  • the photopolymerization initiator reacts with the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer to harden, thereby reducing the adhesive strength and realizing easy peeling.
  • one or more suitable types can be selected from ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, ⁇ -ketol-based photopolymerization initiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiators, oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiators, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, alkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiators, thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiators, and the like, and can be used.
  • the amount of photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, in the same range as the content of the thermal polymerization initiator.
  • the range of the content of the thermal polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer can be applied as the range of the content of the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer may contain a crosslinking agent as necessary, mainly for the purpose of crosslinking within the adhesive layer or between the adhesive layer and its adjacent surface.
  • the crosslinking agent is typically contained in the adhesive layer in a form after crosslinking reaction. The use of the crosslinking agent allows the cohesive strength of the adhesive layer to be appropriately adjusted.
  • crosslinking agent is not particularly limited, and can be selected from conventionally known crosslinking agents so that the crosslinking agent exerts an appropriate crosslinking function within the adhesive layer, for example, depending on the composition of the adhesive.
  • crosslinking agents that can be used include isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, epoxy-based crosslinking agents, oxazoline-based crosslinking agents, aziridine-based crosslinking agents, carbodiimide-based crosslinking agents, melamine-based crosslinking agents, urea-based crosslinking agents, metal alkoxide-based crosslinking agents, metal chelate-based crosslinking agents, metal salt-based crosslinking agents, hydrazine-based crosslinking agents, and amine-based crosslinking agents.
  • isocyanate-based crosslinking agents epoxy-based crosslinking agents, oxazoline-based crosslinking agents, aziridine-based crosslinking agents, and carbodiimide-based crosslinking agents are preferred, and isocyanate-based crosslinking agents are particularly preferred.
  • a polyfunctional isocyanate compound having two or more functionalities can be used.
  • aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenyl diisocyanate, tris(p-isocyanatophenyl)thiophosphate, and diphenylmethane diisocyanate
  • alicyclic isocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate
  • aliphatic isocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate.
  • isocyanate adducts such as trimethylolpropane/tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, product name “Coronate L”), trimethylolpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, product name “Coronate HL”), isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, product name "Coronate HX”), and trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., product name "Takenate D-110N”), etc.
  • isocyanate adducts such as trimethylolpropane/tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, product name “Coronate L”), trimethylol
  • epoxy crosslinking agent those having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule can be used without any particular restrictions.
  • Epoxy crosslinking agents having 3 to 5 epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred.
  • Specific examples of epoxy crosslinking agents include N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, etc.
  • epoxy crosslinking agents include Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company's product names “TETRAD-X” and “TETRAD-C”, DIC Corporation's product name “Epicron CR-5L”, Nagase ChemteX Corporation's product name "Denacol EX-512", Nissan Chemical Industries' product name “TEPIC-G”, etc.
  • any agent having one or more oxazoline groups in one molecule can be used without any particular limitation.
  • the aziridine crosslinking agent include trimethylolpropane tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane tris[3-(1-(2-methyl)aziridinylpropionate)], and the like.
  • the carbodiimide-based crosslinking agent a low molecular weight compound or a high molecular weight compound having two or more carbodiimide groups can be used.
  • an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent is used as the crosslinking agent.
  • the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent can easily form an adhesive having good peelability while exhibiting a good balance of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength.
  • the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used is preferably less than 3 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer.
  • the crosslinking density is appropriately suppressed, and at such a crosslinking density, for example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator, the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer and the radical polymerization initiator frequently collide with each other during heat treatment or by irradiation with active energy rays, and hardening proceeds, thereby improving the peelability.
  • the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive, the desired heat peelability and heat resistance peelability can be expressed.
  • the technology disclosed herein is not limited to the above considerations.
  • the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is 2 parts by weight or less, more preferably 1.5 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 1.0 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 0.8 parts by weight or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used there is a tendency for sufficient adhesive strength to be easily obtained.
  • the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be, for example, 0.01 parts by weight or more, and in some preferred embodiments, it may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.3 parts by weight or more, or 0.5 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used within the above range it is possible to preferably obtain an adhesive that exhibits adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength in a well-balanced manner while preferably achieving the effects of the technology disclosed herein.
  • the amount of crosslinking agent used may be more than 0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of realizing an adhesive that exhibits a good balance of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength, and may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.01 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.3 parts by weight or more, or 0.5 parts by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of crosslinking agent used may vary depending on the type of crosslinking agent used, and is therefore not limited to a specific range, but it is preferable that it is limited to a predetermined amount or less.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent used the crosslinking density is appropriately suppressed, and at such a crosslinking density, during heat treatment or by irradiation with active energy rays, for example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator, the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer and the radical polymerization initiator collide frequently to proceed curing, and the peelability can be improved.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent used is suitably less than 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, and in some embodiments, it is preferably less than 5 parts by weight, and may be less than 3 parts by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of the crosslinking agent used is suitably less than 1 part by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, and is preferably 0.9 parts by weight or less, and may be 0.8 parts by weight or less, 0.7 parts by weight or less, 0.6 parts by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or less. Limiting the amount of crosslinking agent used tends to make it easier to achieve sufficient adhesive strength.
  • a crosslinking catalyst may be used to promote the crosslinking reaction more effectively.
  • crosslinking catalysts include metal-based crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, nursem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate.
  • the amount of the crosslinking catalyst used is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the crosslinking catalyst used can be, for example, about 0.0001 parts by weight or more, about 0.001 parts by weight or more, or about 0.005 parts by weight or more, relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and can be about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, or about 0.05 parts by weight or less.
  • the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer may contain a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism as a crosslinking retarder, if desired.
  • a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be preferably used in an adhesive composition that contains an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent or an adhesive composition that can be used by blending an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent. This can provide an effect of extending the pot life of the adhesive composition.
  • various ⁇ -dicarbonyl compounds can be used as the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization.
  • ⁇ -diketones such as acetylacetone and 2,4-hexanedione
  • acetoacetates such as methyl acetoacetate and ethyl acetoacetate
  • propionylacetates such as ethyl propionylacetate
  • isobutyrylacetates such as ethyl isobutyrylacetate
  • malonic acid esters such as methyl malonate and ethyl malonate; and the like.
  • preferred compounds include acetylacetone and acetoacetates.
  • the compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerization can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization used may be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, and appropriately 0.5 parts by weight or more and 15 parts by weight or less, for example, 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, or may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the polymer specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer
  • the adhesive layer may contain, as necessary, various additives that are common in the field of adhesives, such as tackifiers, silane coupling agents, peel strength regulators (surfactants, etc.), viscosity regulators (e.g. thickeners), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, antiaging agents, etc.
  • various additives those that are conventionally known can be used in the usual manner, and they do not particularly characterize the present invention, so detailed explanations will be omitted.
  • the technology disclosed herein can achieve desired adhesive properties such as adhesive strength without using a tackifier.
  • the content of the tackifier in the adhesive layer can be, for example, less than 10 parts by weight, or even less than 5 parts by weight, relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer.
  • the content of the tackifier may be less than 1 part by weight (for example, less than 0.5 parts by weight), or less than 0.1 parts by weight (0 parts by weight or more and less than 0.1 parts by weight).
  • the adhesive layer may be free of a tackifier.
  • the adhesive layer may exhibit the desired heat-peelability without using heat-expandable microspheres, a foaming agent, or the like.
  • the content of heat-expandable microspheres in the adhesive layer may be, for example, less than 1 part by weight, or even less than 0.1 part by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer.
  • the content of foaming agent in the adhesive layer may be, for example, less than 1 part by weight, or even less than 0.1 part by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive layer may contain neither heat-expandable microspheres nor a foaming agent.
  • the adhesive layer disclosed herein may be an adhesive layer formed from an aqueous adhesive composition, a solvent-based adhesive composition, a hot melt-type adhesive composition, or an active energy ray curable adhesive composition.
  • the aqueous adhesive composition refers to an adhesive composition in a form containing an adhesive in a solvent (aqueous solvent) mainly composed of water, and the concept of the aqueous adhesive composition here may include those called water-dispersed adhesive compositions (compositions in which an adhesive is dispersed in water), water-soluble adhesive compositions (compositions in which an adhesive is dissolved in water), etc.
  • the solvent-based adhesive composition refers to an adhesive composition in a form containing an adhesive in an organic solvent.
  • the adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably formed using a solvent-based adhesive composition.
  • the above-mentioned solvent-based adhesive composition is an adhesive composition in a form containing adhesive-forming components in an organic solvent.
  • the solvent-based adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymer of a monomer component and, optionally, other additives.
  • the effects of the technology disclosed herein can be effectively exhibited in a form having a solvent-based adhesive (layer).
  • the solvent contained in the solvent-based adhesive composition can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents.
  • any one solvent selected from aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc., or a mixture of two or more solvents can be used.
  • aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane
  • the adhesive layer disclosed herein can be formed by a conventionally known method.
  • the adhesive composition is applied (e.g., coated) to a suitable surface, and then a curing treatment is appropriately performed to form the adhesive in the form of a layer (adhesive layer).
  • the curing means e.g., drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc.
  • the adhesive can typically be formed by drying (preferably further crosslinking) the composition.
  • a method can be adopted in which an adhesive composition is applied to a surface (release surface) having releasability, and then the adhesive composition is cured to form an adhesive layer on the surface.
  • a method direct method
  • an adhesive composition is directly applied (typically coated) to the substrate and cured to form an adhesive layer.
  • a method transfer method
  • an adhesive composition is applied to a surface (release surface) having releasability, cured to form an adhesive layer on the surface, and the adhesive layer is transferred to a substrate.
  • the release surface can be the surface of a release liner, the back surface of a substrate that has been subjected to a release treatment, or the like.
  • the adhesive layer disclosed herein is typically formed continuously, but is not limited to such a form, and may be an adhesive layer formed in a regular or random pattern such as dots or stripes.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be applied using a known or commonly used coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a die coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, a spray coater, etc.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied by impregnation, a curtain coating method, or the like.
  • the adhesive composition is preferably dried under heating.
  • the drying temperature is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, about 40 to 100 ° C., and is usually preferably about 60 to 80 ° C.
  • drying at the above temperature for example, drying for about 1 to 10 minutes, more specifically, drying for about 3 to 7 minutes
  • the solvent volatilization is in progress, so that the reaction of the monomer and the deactivation of the thermal polymerization initiator are negligible in the adhesive composition containing the monomer and the thermal polymerization initiator.
  • aging may be performed for the purpose of adjusting the component migration in the adhesive layer, progressing the crosslinking reaction, and relaxing distortion that may exist in the substrate or the adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is usually 1 ⁇ m or more, may be 2 ⁇ m or more, or may be 3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the larger the thickness of the adhesive layer the more the adhesive strength to the adherend tends to improve.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is 5 ⁇ m or more, may be 10 ⁇ m or more, may be 15 ⁇ m or more, may be 20 ⁇ m or more, may be 25 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit of the thickness of the adhesive layer is, for example, appropriately about 200 ⁇ m or less, may be 100 ⁇ m or less (for example, less than 100 ⁇ m), or may be 50 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer By limiting the thickness of the adhesive layer within a predetermined range, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of glue residue due to cohesive failure, and it is easy to obtain peelability.
  • a thin adhesive layer is advantageous in terms of thinning the adhesive sheet, and tends to be excellent in followability to the adherend.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is 40 ⁇ m or less, and may be 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • the initial (before heating) gel fraction (weight basis) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, suitably 85% or less, preferably 80% or less, more preferably 75% or less, and may be 70% or less, 65% or less, or 60% or less.
  • the initial gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is suitably 20% or more, preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more, and may be 60% or more, or may be 65% or more.
  • Pressure-sensitive adhesives having an appropriate initial gel fraction within the above range tend to have good curing reactivity (e.g., heat curing reactivity).
  • the gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after heating is preferably higher than the gel fraction before heating.
  • Increase in gel fraction after heating [%] (G1/G0-1) x 100 (In the above formula, G1 is the gel fraction [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after heat treatment at 180° C. for 30 minutes, and G0 is the gel fraction [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer before heating.)
  • the gel fraction increase after heating calculated by is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, even more preferably 30% or more, and may be 40% or more, 50% or more, 60% or more, or 70% or more.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive having the above gel fraction increase after heating is easily cured by heating, and tends to easily obtain a high peel force reduction rate after heating, and thus excellent heat peelability and heat resistance peelability.
  • the upper limit of the gel fraction increase after heating is appropriately set according to the desired thermosetting property, and may be, for example, 90% or less, 80% or less, 70% or less, 60% or less, 50% or less, 40% or less, or 30% or less.
  • the gel fraction after heating (by weight) of the adhesive layer is appropriately 50% or more (e.g., more than 50%) from the viewpoint of exhibiting easy peelability upon heating, and is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, even more preferably 85% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more.
  • the gel fraction after heating of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 99% or less, 95% or less, or 90% or less.
  • the gel fraction of the adhesive layer can be adjusted mainly by the monomer composition of the polymer, Mw, the presence or absence and amount of blended monomers, the type and amount of crosslinking agent, etc.
  • the gel fraction after heating can be adjusted mainly by the design of the polymer (e.g., the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups introduced), the blend, type and amount of blended monomers, and the use, type and amount of thermal polymerization initiator. Specifically, each of the above gel fractions is measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the Young's modulus Y1 [MPa] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after 30 minutes of heat treatment at 180 ° C. is preferably 100 times or more of the Young's modulus Y0 [MPa] before heating, that is, the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1 / Y0) is preferably 100 or more.
  • the Young's modulus change ratio after heating may be 200 or more, 300 or more, 500 or more, 800 or more, 1000 or more, 1200 or more, 1500 or more, 1800 or more, or 2000 or more.
  • the above-mentioned Young's modulus change ratio after heating is suitably about 10,000 or less, preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, may be 1,500 or less, may be 1,000 or less, or may be 500 or less.
  • the Young's modulus before heating (initial Young's modulus) Y0 of the adhesive layer is, for example, suitably about 10 MPa or less, preferably 1 MPa or less, more preferably 0.5 MPa or less, even more preferably 0.3 MPa or less, and may be 0.2 MPa or less.
  • An adhesive layer having the above pre-heating Young's modulus Y0 tends to easily obtain sufficient adhesion to the adherend and good peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating).
  • the Young's modulus before heating Y0 of the adhesive layer is suitably 0.01 MPa or more, preferably 0.03 MPa or more, more preferably 0.05 MPa or more, even more preferably 0.08 MPa or more, and may be 0.10 MPa or more, 0.12 MPa or more, or 0.15 MPa or more.
  • the Young's modulus Y1 after heating of the adhesive layer is suitably 10 MPa or more, preferably 30 MPa or more, more preferably 50 MPa or more, and even more preferably 70 MPa or more.
  • the Young's modulus Y1 after heating may be 100 MPa or more, 150 MPa or more, or 200 MPa or more.
  • An adhesive layer having a Young's modulus after heating of a predetermined value or more tends to have a high degree of hardening after heating and to easily obtain excellent peelability upon heating.
  • the Young's modulus Y1 after heating may be, for example, approximately 500 MPa or less, 300 MPa or less, 150 MPa or less, 100 MPa or less, 70 MPa or less, or 50 MPa or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive layer can be adjusted mainly by the monomer composition of the polymer, Mw, whether or not and the amount of blended monomers are blended, the type and amount of crosslinking agent, etc.
  • the Young's modulus after heating Y1 can be adjusted mainly by the design of the polymer (for example, the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups introduced), the blend, type and amount of blended monomers, and the use, type and amount of thermal polymerization initiator. Specifically, each of the above Young's moduli Y0 and Y1 is measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • first Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer and Second Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer In an embodiment in which a substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on each side of the substrate is used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the matters described above regarding the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are applied to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on each side of the substrate.
  • one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be designed within the scope of the matters described above regarding the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be designed to be non-curable.
  • the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be designed to substantially not contain at least one (e.g., both) of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • the matters described above regarding the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are applied except for the matters related to the ethylenically unsaturated group and the radical polymerization initiator.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a known or commonly used pressure-sensitive adhesive may be used for the other of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the type, composition, formation method, etc. of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be the same or different.
  • the properties (gel fraction properties, Young's modulus properties, etc.) of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be the same or different.
  • the thicknesses of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be the same or different.
  • the first adhesive layer may have a composition including a blended monomer and a radical polymerization initiator
  • the second adhesive layer may have a composition not including at least one of the blended monomer and the radical polymerization initiator (e.g., a thermal polymerization initiator such as a peroxide-based polymerization initiator).
  • one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be designed so that the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1/Y0) is 100 or more, and the other may be designed so that the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1/Y0) is less than 100 (for example, 50 or less, 30 or less, 10 or less, or 3 or less).
  • the Young's modulus of the other adhesive layer is as described above for the pre-heat Young's modulus (initial Young's modulus) Y0 before and after the heat treatment at 180° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may include a substrate layer.
  • Various sheet-like substrates can be used as the substrate (layer) that supports (backs) the adhesive layer.
  • a resin film, paper, cloth (woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, etc.), a rubber sheet, a foam sheet, a metal foil, a composite of these, etc. can be used as the substrate.
  • the resin film include polyolefin film; polyester film; vinyl chloride resin film; vinyl acetate resin film; polyamide resin film; fluororesin film; cellophane; and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of polyester films include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and the like.
  • the resin film include resin films formed from one or more engineering plastics (which may be super engineering plastics), such as polyphenylene sulfide resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyetheretherketone resins, polyarylate resins, polyamideimide resins, and polyimide resins.
  • engineering plastics is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • a resin film having a predetermined rigidity (strength) and excellent processability and handling properties is used as the substrate (layer).
  • resin film substrate polyester films, polyamide resin films, and engineering plastic films (e.g., polyimide resin films, etc.) are preferred as the resin film substrate.
  • the term "resin film” typically refers to a non-porous film, and typically refers to a resin film that does not substantially contain air bubbles (voidless). Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinguished from foam films and nonwoven fabrics.
  • the density of the resin film that can be used as the substrate can be about 0.85 to 1.50 g/cm 3 (e.g., 0.90 g/cm 3 to 1.20 g/cm 3 , typically 0.92 g/cm 3 to 1.05 g/cm 3 ).
  • the resin film may be a single-layer structure, or a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (e.g., a three-layer structure).
  • the base layer (e.g., a resin film) can contain known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, and antiblocking agents, as necessary.
  • additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, and antiblocking agents, as necessary.
  • the amount of additives to be added is not particularly limited, and can be set appropriately depending on the application, etc.
  • the method for producing the resin film is not particularly limited.
  • conventional resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately used.
  • the substrate layer may be substantially composed of a resin film.
  • the substrate layer may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the resin film.
  • the auxiliary layer include an optical property adjusting layer (e.g., a coloring layer, an anti-reflection layer), a printing layer or a lamination layer for imparting a desired appearance, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, a release layer, and other surface treatment layers.
  • the thickness of the base layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but can generally be 1 to 500 ⁇ m. From the viewpoints of processability, handling, workability, etc., the thickness of the base layer is suitably 2 ⁇ m or more (for example, 3 ⁇ m or more, typically 5 ⁇ m or more), and may be approximately 7 ⁇ m or more, or may be 10 ⁇ m or more. In addition, the thickness of the base layer is suitably approximately 200 ⁇ m or less, and from the viewpoints of weight reduction and thinness, it is preferably approximately 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably approximately 50 ⁇ m or less, and may be 30 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or less, or 15 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the base layer is reduced, the flexibility of the adhesive sheet and its ability to follow the surface shape of the adherend tend to improve.
  • the surface of the base layer facing the adhesive layer may be subjected to conventional surface treatments such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, application of a primer, etc., as necessary. Such surface treatments may be treatments for improving the adhesion between the base layer and the adhesive layer, in other words, the anchoring ability of the adhesive layer to the base layer.
  • the composition of the primer is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but is, for example, about 0.01 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, and preferably about 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
  • the back surface of the base layer may be subjected to the various surface treatments described above, antistatic treatment, etc.
  • the total thickness of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (which may include the adhesive layer and the base layer, but does not include the release liner) is not particularly limited, and is suitably in the range of about 5 to 1000 ⁇ m.
  • the total thickness of the adhesive sheet may be 10 ⁇ m or more, 15 ⁇ m or more, or 20 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoints of adhesive properties, handling, and the like.
  • the total thickness of the adhesive sheet may be 30 ⁇ m or more, 40 ⁇ m or more, or 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • the total thickness of the adhesive sheet is 500 ⁇ m or less, or may be 300 ⁇ m or less.
  • the total thickness of the adhesive sheet is 100 ⁇ m or less (e.g., less than 100 ⁇ m), more preferably 80 ⁇ m or less, or may be 70 ⁇ m or less. Reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet is advantageous in terms of thinning, miniaturization, weight reduction, resource saving, and the like.
  • the release liner used in the adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet before use) disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a release liner in which the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper has been subjected to a release treatment, or a release liner made of a low-adhesion material such as a fluorine-based polymer (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or a polyolefin-based resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.).
  • a release-treated resin film may be preferably used as the release liner.
  • the peeling force F1 after heating of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set so as to show the desired easy peeling property after heating.
  • the peeling force F1 after heating is suitably less than 3.0 N/20 mm, advantageously 2.0 N/20 mm or less, and preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or less.
  • the peeling force F1 after heating may be, for example, less than 1.0 N/20 mm, preferably 0.8 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.6 N/20 mm or less, even more preferably 0.5 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.4 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.3 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.2 N/20 mm or less, or may be less than 0.2 N/20 mm.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a low peeling force F1 after heating can easily peel off the adherend while suppressing the load applied to the adherend.
  • the peeling force F1 after heating is typically more than 0 N/20 mm, and from the viewpoint of the adherend retention after heating, it is appropriate to be 0.01 N/20 mm or more.
  • the peeling force F1 after heating may be, for example, 0.05 N/20 mm or more, 0.1 N/20 mm or more, 0.2 N/20 mm or more, 0.3 N/20 mm or more, or 0.4 N/20 mm or more.
  • the peeling force F1 after heating may be 0.5 N/20 mm or more, 0.8 N/20 mm or more, 1.0 N/20 mm or more, 1.5 N/20 mm or more, or 2.0 N/20 mm or more.
  • the post-heat peel strength F1 refers to the peel strength (peeling strength) measured in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH after the tape is attached to a glass plate and heat-treated at 180° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the initial (pre-heating) peel strength F0 of the PSA sheet is suitably, for example, 0.5 N/20 mm or more, advantageously 0.8 N/20 mm or more, and preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or more or greater than 1.0 N/20 mm.
  • a PSA sheet exhibiting the above pre-heating peel strength F0 can exhibit good adhesion to an adherend, for example, can adequately hold the adherend.
  • the pre-heating peel force F0 may be, for example, 1.2 N/20 mm or more, 1.5 N/20 mm or more, 1.8 N/20 mm or more, 2.0 N/20 mm or more, 3.0 N/20 mm or more, 4.0 N/20 mm or more, 5.0 N/20 mm or more, 7.0 N/20 mm or more, 8.0 N/20 mm or more, 9.0 N/20 mm or more, or 10 N/20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the pre-heating peeling force F0 is appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, and is not limited to a specific range, and may be, for example, approximately 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less, 15 N/20 mm or less, 10 N/20 mm or less, 5.0 N/20 mm or less, or 3.0 N/20 mm or less.
  • the pre-heating peeling force F0 refers to the peel strength (peel force) against a glass plate measured under conditions of a peel angle of 180 degrees and a speed of 300 mm/min in an environment of 23°C.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet satisfying the above characteristics can exhibit good adhesion to an adherend while exhibiting good easy peelability (easy peelability upon heating) at the time of peeling after heat treatment.
  • the post-heat peel strength reduction rate A may be 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more. The higher the post-heat peel strength reduction rate A, the better the easy peelability upon heating. In some embodiments, the post-heat peel strength reduction rate A is preferably less than 99.9%. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a post-heat peel strength reduction rate A of less than 99.9% can maintain the adhesion state with the adherend after heating while having the desired easy peelability from the adherend. This prevents the adherend from naturally peeling off from the PSA sheet due to heating and the resulting defects. From this viewpoint, the peel strength reduction rate A after heating may be 99.0% or less, and may be, for example, less than 95.0%.
  • the pre-heating peeling force, post-heating peeling force, and the relative relationship between them can be achieved and adjusted based on the contents of this specification by appropriately selecting the type of polymer contained in the adhesive layer (monomer composition, etc.), the presence or absence, type and amount of other components that may be contained in the adhesive layer (for example, a thermal polymerization initiator, described below, and a polyfunctional monomer), and combinations thereof, as well as the presence or absence, type and amount of a crosslinking agent used in each adhesive layer, etc.
  • the pre-heat peel strength and post-heat peel strength of the first adhesive layer surface and the second adhesive layer surface may be the same or different.
  • the peel force before heating F0 and the peel force after heating F1 are measured by the following method.
  • Pre-heat peel force F0 The adhesive sheet is cut to a size of 20 mm wide and 100 mm long, and the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet is pressed and bonded to an alkaline glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35 mm, blue plate edge polished product) as an adherend under an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH by rolling a 2 kg roller back and forth once.
  • the adherend to which the adhesive sheet is attached is left for 6 hours under the same environment and used as an evaluation sample.
  • the evaluation sample is set in a tensile tester under an environment of 23 ° C.
  • the peel strength (peel force before heating) F0 [N / 20 mm width] is measured when the adhesive sheet is peeled off from the adherend under the conditions of a peel angle of 180 degrees and a speed of 300 mm / min.
  • a Shimadzu product name "EZ-S 500N” or an equivalent product can be used as the tensile tester.
  • the measurement may be performed with the non-measurement surface backed with a PET film.
  • Post-heat peel force F1 Using the pressure sensitive adhesive sheet, prepare an evaluation sample by the method described in the above-mentioned pre-heat peeling force F0 measurement. The obtained evaluation sample is heated in an oven at 180°C for 30 minutes, and then removed from the oven and left to stand in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 30 minutes. Then, the evaluation sample is set in a tensile tester in the same environment, and the peel strength (post-heat peeling force) F1 [N/20mm width] is measured when the pressure sensitive adhesive sheet is peeled off from the adherend under the conditions of a peel angle of 180° and a speed of 300mm/min. The adherend, tensile tester, and other items are the same as those in the measurement of pre-heat peeling force F0.
  • the materials of the first member and the second member are not particularly limited, and various materials exemplified as the adherend material described later can be used.
  • a material containing one or more of glass, semiconductor material (silicon wafer, etc.), metal material, ceramic material, and resin material can be used.
  • glass, semiconductor material, metal material, and ceramic material can be used as the first member and the second member. Since these have a predetermined heat resistance, the heating easy peeling technology disclosed herein can be applied.
  • the above materials are typical examples of rigid materials.
  • the deformation of the members cannot be used to separate the members, but by applying the separation method disclosed herein, the bond between the rigid bodies can be easily released.
  • thin glass and semiconductor materials are typical examples of brittle materials and hard and brittle materials.
  • rigid body refers to an object that has a rigidity and size that is not substantially deformed by human force.
  • rigid body in this specification refers to an object that satisfies at least one of the following: a tensile modulus of elasticity of 1 ⁇ 10 10 Pa or more; and a bending rigidity of 0.01 Pa ⁇ m 3 or more.
  • the tensile modulus refers to the tensile modulus measured in accordance with JIS K7161. More specifically, it is measured by the following method.
  • [Tensile test] The measurement object is cut into a strip of 10 mm width to prepare a test piece. The test piece is stretched under the following conditions in accordance with JIS K7161 to obtain a stress-strain curve. (Stretching conditions) Measurement temperature: 25°C Pulling speed: 300 mm/min Chuck distance: 50 mm
  • a universal tensile/compression tester device name "tensile/compression tester, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.
  • the tensile modulus is determined from the linear regression of the stress-strain curve.
  • the first member and the second member may be non-transparent to light (typically non-transparent to ultraviolet light).
  • non-transparent member materials include semiconductor materials such as silicon wafers and metal materials.
  • the adhesive strength of a thermosetting adhesive can be reduced by heat treatment, so that the non-transparent member can be separated in situations where a non-transparent member is used and an ultraviolet-exposure peelable adhesive cannot be applied.
  • the second member may be a plate (also called a support stand) that supports the first member.
  • a plate also called a support stand
  • a combination of the first member and the second member as described above may be used in processing optical members including glass plates or processing semiconductor wafers.
  • An example of the support stand is one that has one or more flow hole openings on the surface that adheres to the adhesive portion (i.e., the surface on which the adhesive sheet is placed).
  • the support stand is typically made of metal, but may be made of a ceramic material or a resin material.
  • the thickness of the first member and/or the second member is not particularly limited, and in some embodiments, may be, for example, approximately 0.05 mm or more, approximately 0.1 mm or more, 0.2 mm or more, 0.3 mm or more, or approximately 0.5 mm or more.
  • Glass e.g., glass plate
  • semiconductor material e.g., silicon wafer
  • metal material e.g., metal plate
  • ceramic material e.g., ceramic plate
  • the thickness may be approximately 1 mm or more, 2 mm or more, 3 mm or more, 4 mm or more, or 5 mm or more.
  • the maximum thickness of the first member and/or the second member is not particularly limited, and may be about 30 cm or less, about 10 cm or less, about 1 cm or less, about 5 mm or less, or about 2 mm or less. In some embodiments, the thickness of the first member and/or the second member may be approximately 1 mm or less (e.g., less than 1 mm), 0.7 mm or less, 0.5 mm or less (e.g., less than 0.5 mm), or 0.3 mm or less.
  • Glass e.g., glass plate
  • semiconductor materials e.g., silicon wafers
  • brittle materials typically hard and brittle materials
  • the applications to which the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein are applied are not particularly limited. They can be used in various applications requiring separation of members bonded by an adhesive. Examples of such applications include masking applications requiring heat resistance in the adhesive sheet, temporary fixing applications, and protective applications.
  • the adhesive sheet can also be preferably used as a process material that is fixed to an adherend and peeled off in the manufacturing process of electronic devices and electronic components.
  • a suitable application of the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein includes semiconductor element manufacturing applications.
  • the adhesive sheet can be preferably used as a wafer fixing sheet that fixes the wafer to a fixing plate in semiconductor wafer processing (typically silicon wafer processing).
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can also be preferably used as a protective sheet that protects the wafer in the above-mentioned wafer processing.
  • the semiconductor elements may be exposed to heat in the processing step, etc., so that an adhesive sheet having heat resistance and easy peelability is preferably used.
  • the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein can also be applied to optical applications. More specifically, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used as an optical adhesive sheet used for bonding optical members (for bonding optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the optical members.
  • the optical member refers to a member having optical properties (for example, polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflectivity, light transmittance, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.).
  • the optical member is not particularly limited as long as it has optical properties, but examples of the optical member include members constituting devices (optical devices) such as display devices (image display devices) and input devices, or members used in these devices. Examples of the display devices include liquid crystal display devices, organic EL (electroluminescence) display devices, PDPs (plasma display panels), electronic paper, etc. Examples of the input devices include touch panels, etc.
  • the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein are also suitable for applications in which brittle materials (typically hard and brittle materials) such as glass or semiconductor materials are bonded together and then separated.
  • brittle materials typically hard and brittle materials
  • the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in applications in which two adherends are fixed together, at least one of which is made of a brittle material such as glass or semiconductor material.
  • the type of material to be attached (adherend material) disclosed herein is not particularly limited.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used for fixing and protecting various members and materials.
  • the adherend material include glass such as alkali glass and non-alkali glass; semiconductor materials such as silicon wafers; metal materials such as stainless steel (SUS) and aluminum; ceramic materials such as alumina and silica; resin materials such as polyester resins such as PET, acrylic resins, ABS resins, polycarbonate resins, polystyrene resins, and transparent polyimide resins; and the like.
  • Suitable examples of the adherend material include glass materials such as alkali glass and semiconductor wafers.
  • the above glass material can be, for example, a glass plate having a surface partially provided with a transparent conductive film (e.g., an ITO (indium tin oxide) film) or an FPC (flexible printed circuit board), as used in tablet computers, mobile phones, organic LEDs (light-emitting diodes), and the like.
  • a transparent conductive film e.g., an ITO (indium tin oxide) film
  • FPC flexible printed circuit board
  • a method for separating at least one of a first member and a second member from a structure including a first member, a second member, and an adhesive portion disposed between the first member and the second member and adhesively bonded to the first member and the second member after a heat treatment comprising:
  • the adhesive portion has a curable adhesive layer
  • a separation method comprising a step of supplying a fluid to the adhesive portion from the first member side or the second member side (fluid supplying step).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is in contact with the first member, the adhesive portion is provided with a hole communicating with the first member and the second member,
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • the adhesive portion is The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed of the adhesive layer.
  • the separation method according to any one of [1] to [8] above, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a laminated structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a base layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, A hole is provided, The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • the gel fraction (weight ratio of the matter insoluble in ethyl acetate) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the following method.
  • About 0.1 g of the adhesive sample (weight Wg1) is wrapped in a porous polytetrafluoroethylene film (weight Wg2) with an average pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m in a purse shape, and the opening is tied with string (weight Wg3).
  • a porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) film the product name "Nitoflon (registered trademark) NTF1122" (average pore size 0.2 ⁇ m, porosity 75%, thickness 85 ⁇ m) available from Nitto Denko Corporation or an equivalent product is used.
  • the package is immersed in 50 mL of ethyl acetate and kept at room temperature (typically 23° C.) for 7 days to elute only the sol component in the adhesive layer outside the film, and then the package is taken out and the ethyl acetate adhering to the outer surface is wiped off, and the package is dried at 130° C. for 2 hours, and the weight (Wg4) of the package is measured.
  • the gel fraction of the adhesive layer can be calculated by substituting each value into the following formula.
  • Gel fraction [%] [(Wg4 - Wg2 - Wg3) / Wg1] x 100
  • the gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured initially (gel fraction before heating) and after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is heat-treated in an oven at 180° C. for 30 minutes, removed from the oven and allowed to stand in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 30 minutes (gel fraction after heating).
  • the adhesive layer is prepared in a state where both sides are covered with release liners, and cut together with the release liners to a size of 80 mm in width (when the adhesive layer is 30 ⁇ m thick) and 30 mm in length, and one release liner is removed from the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is wound up on the other release liner in the length direction so as not to trap air bubbles, to prepare a rod-shaped sample of 30 mm in length.
  • the rod-shaped sample is set in a tensile tester (manufactured by ORIENTEC, product name "RTC-1150A") and pulled under conditions of a measurement temperature of 23°C, a chuck distance of 10 mm, and a pulling speed of 50 mm/min, and the initial elastic modulus is determined from the rise of the obtained stress-strain curve (S-S curve), and this is the Young's modulus [MPa] of the adhesive layer.
  • the reason why the cut width of the adhesive layer is set to 80 mm is so that the cross-sectional area of the adhesive layer in the cross section along the width direction is within the range of 2 to 2.5 mm2 .
  • the adhesive layer thickness is not 30 ⁇ m as in Comparative Example 1 (adhesive layer thickness 10 ⁇ m)
  • the Young's modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured initially (Young's modulus before heating) and after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is heat-treated in an oven at 180° C. for 30 minutes, removed from the oven and allowed to stand in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 30 minutes (Young's modulus after heating).
  • Example 1 Preparation of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Composition
  • MEA methoxyethyl acrylate
  • ACMO acryloylmorpholine
  • HOA hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • benzoyl peroxide was added as a thermal polymerization initiator, and a polymerization reaction (solution polymerization) was carried out for 6 hours at 61 ° C.
  • methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (MOI) in an amount equivalent to 16 moles relative to 20 moles of HEA used as a raw material for the acrylic polymer a was added, and an addition reaction treatment was carried out in an air stream at 50 ° C. for 48 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic polymer A having a methacryloyl group at the side chain end.
  • MOI methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate
  • the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with release liner was cut to a size of 16 cm square, and the second adhesive surface exposed by peeling off one release liner from the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet was attached to a stainless steel (SUS) plate (thickness 5 mm, about 20 cm square) as a second member.
  • This SUS plate was provided with a circulation hole (opening diameter about 1 cm) near the center. Then, using a drill, a through hole having a diameter similar to that of the opening of the SUS plate was formed in the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet to match the opening of the circulation hole of the SUS plate.
  • the first adhesive surface exposed by peeling off the other release liner from the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet was attached to a silicon wafer (thickness 300 ⁇ m, 6-inch mirror wafer manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a first member.
  • a silicon wafer thickness 300 ⁇ m, 6-inch mirror wafer manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • This structure has a silicon wafer (first member), a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (adhesive portion), and a SUS plate (second member) in this order.
  • Example 2 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was applied to the release surface of a commercially available PET release liner and dried at 80°C for 5 minutes to form a 30 ⁇ m thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Two of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers were prepared and attached to each surface of a 12.5 ⁇ m thick polyimide (PI) film (product name "Kapton 50H", manufactured by Toray DuPont Co., Ltd.). Then, aging was performed at 50°C for 3 days. In this manner, a substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a 30 ⁇ m thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained.
  • PI polyimide
  • This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a PI film (substrate layer), and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order, and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer have the same composition.
  • Each adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is protected by a PET release liner.
  • a structure having a silicon wafer (first member), a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (adhesive portion), and a SUS plate (second member) in this order was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • This structure has a cross section as shown in FIG.
  • Example 3 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the polyfunctional monomer and the thermal polymerization initiator were not added.
  • a substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a PI film (substrate layer), and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used as the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of this pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is the same as the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of Example 2.
  • Example 2 Except for using the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with the substrate, a structure having a silicon wafer (first member), a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (adhesive portion), and a SUS plate (second member) in this order was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2.
  • This structure has a cross section as shown in FIG.
  • Example 4 A structure having a cross section as diagrammatically shown in FIG. 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the first member was changed to a stainless steel plate having a thickness of 5 mm (Example 4) or a glass plate having a thickness of 300 ⁇ m (Example 5).
  • the structures according to Examples 1 to 5 in which the adhesive sheet, which is the adhesive portion, has a curable adhesive layer, passed the separation test.
  • Examples 1 to 3 it was possible to separate a thin silicon wafer without damaging it, and in Example 5, it was possible to separate a thin glass plate without damaging it.
  • Example 4 it was possible to easily separate the bond between 5 mm thick SUS plates in the vertical direction.
  • Comparative Example 1 in which a non-curable adhesive was used, it was not possible to separate the members in the separation test.
  • the structures according to Examples 1 to 5 had the first and second members that were not peeled off from the adhesive portion and were held in place before air was supplied after the heat treatment.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Lining Or Joining Of Plastics Or The Like (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a method in which from a structure comprising a first member, a second member, and an adhesive part interposed between the first member and the second member and adherent to both the first member and the second member, the first member and/or the second member is separated after a heat treatment. The adhesive part includes a curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The separation method includes a step (fluid supply step) in which a fluid is supplied to the adhesive part from the first-member side or the second-member side.

Description

部材の分離方法および粘着シートMethod for separating components and adhesive sheet

 本発明は、部材の分離方法および粘着シートに関する。
 本出願は、2023年7月26日に出願された日本国特許出願2023-122024号に基づく優先権を主張しており、その出願の全内容は本明細書中に参照として組み入れられている。
The present invention relates to a member separating method and an adhesive sheet.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2023-122024, filed on July 26, 2023, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 一般に、粘着剤(感圧接着剤ともいう。以下同じ。)は、室温付近の温度域において柔らかい固体(粘弾性体)の状態を呈し、圧力により簡単に被着体に接着する性質を有する。粘着剤は、被着体への貼り付け作業性の良さ等から、支持体上に粘着剤層を有する支持体付き粘着シートの形態で、あるいは支持体を有しない支持体レス粘着シートの形態で、様々な分野において広く利用されている。そのような粘着剤のなかには、被着体に接着して用いられ、その接着目的を終えた後、被着体から除去されるものがある。この種の従来技術を開示する先行技術文献として、特許文献1~4が挙げられる。特許文献1~4には、熱硬化性の粘着剤が開示されている。 Generally, adhesives (also called pressure-sensitive adhesives; the same applies below) are in a soft solid (viscoelastic) state at temperatures near room temperature, and have the property of easily adhering to an adherend when pressure is applied. Adhesives are widely used in a variety of fields in the form of a supported adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer on a support, or in the form of a support-less adhesive sheet without a support, due to the ease of application to an adherend. Some such adhesives are used by adhering to an adherend, and are removed from the adherend after their adhesive purpose has been fulfilled. Patent documents 1 to 4 are prior art documents that disclose this type of conventional technology. Patent documents 1 to 4 disclose thermosetting adhesives.

 ところで、真空装置および気体供給装置に連通した複数の流通孔を有する保持テーブルにて、真空装置の作動により基板を吸着保持し、その後、気体供給装置により流通後に気体を供給して基板と保持テーブル間の減圧状態を解消し、基板を保持テーブルから離脱させる方法が公知である(例えば、特許文献5)。 Incidentally, a method is known in which a substrate is held by suction on a holding table having multiple flow holes connected to a vacuum device and a gas supply device by operating a vacuum device, and then gas is supplied after circulation by the gas supply device to eliminate the reduced pressure state between the substrate and the holding table, and the substrate is detached from the holding table (for example, Patent Document 5).

日本国特許出願公開2015-29105号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-29105 日本国特許出願公開2016-204617号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-204617 日本国特許出願公開2019-56101号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-56101 日本国特許出願公開平10-209087号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-209087 日本国特許第6990038号公報Japanese Patent No. 6990038

 被着体から剥離除去される用途に用いられる粘着剤には、被着体に接着しているあいだは良好な接着性を示し、その接着目的を終えた後には、被着体から容易に剥離できる性能を有することが求められる。例えば、加熱処理される被着体に適用される粘着剤には、被着体に貼り付けられた状態で加熱された後に、被着体から容易に剥離される易剥離性を有することが望ましい。そのような性能を有する粘着剤として、接着固定時には一定の接着力を有しつつ、適当なタイミングで剥離力を低下させることができる粘着剤が用いられ得る。上記剥離力を低下させ得る粘着剤としては、例えば、紫外線を照射して剥離力を低下させる紫外線照射剥離型粘着剤が知られている。また、本発明者らは、従来とは異なる設計思想に基づき、熱硬化性粘着剤の研究開発を進めており、被着体に貼り付けて高温で加熱することにより、剥離力が低下し、易剥離性(加熱易剥離性)を有する粘着剤を得ることに成功している。  Adhesives used in applications where the adhesive is peeled off from an adherend are required to have good adhesion while attached to the adherend, and to have the ability to be easily peeled off from the adherend after the adhesive has completed its purpose. For example, it is desirable for an adhesive applied to an adherend that is to be heat-treated to have easy peelability, so that it can be easily peeled off from the adherend after being heated while attached to the adherend. As an adhesive with such performance, an adhesive that has a certain adhesive strength when fixed and can reduce its peel strength at an appropriate time can be used. As an adhesive that can reduce the peel strength, for example, an ultraviolet-irradiation peelable adhesive that reduces its peel strength by irradiating ultraviolet light is known. In addition, the present inventors have been conducting research and development of thermosetting adhesives based on a design concept different from conventional ones, and have succeeded in obtaining an adhesive that has easy peelability (heat-induced peelability) and reduces its peel strength when attached to an adherend and heated at a high temperature.

 しかし、例えば、被着体が半導体ウエハや薄厚ガラスなどの脆性材料の場合、粘着剤の剥離力を低下させた後においても、剥離時における剥離操作の力が被着体の一部に偏るなどして、被着体を破損してしまうおそれがある。また、剛体同士の接合においては、被着体に対する接着力を低下させた後においても、剛性の被着体を変形させて粘着剤の剥離に利用するなどの操作ができないため、接着面全体の接着状態を解除するのに相当の力を要し、人の力で被着体の接合を解除することが難しい場合がある。 However, for example, when the adherend is a brittle material such as a semiconductor wafer or thin glass, even after the peeling strength of the adhesive has been reduced, the force of the peeling operation may be biased toward one part of the adherend, causing the adherend to be damaged. In addition, when joining rigid bodies together, even after the adhesive strength to the adherend has been reduced, it is not possible to deform the rigid adherend and use it to peel off the adhesive, so a considerable amount of force is required to release the adhesion of the entire adhesive surface, and it may be difficult to manually release the bonded adherends.

 一方、紫外線照射処理や加熱処理により粘着剤の剥離力が過度に低下してしまうと、振動等の軽微な外力により、あるいは外力なく、被着体は意図しないタイミングで粘着剤と分離し、落下等により破損してしまうおそれがある。例えば、加熱により易剥離化する粘着剤として、発泡剤や熱膨張性微小球を含ませて、所定温度の加熱により粘着剤を発泡または膨張させて剥離する技術が知られているが、そのような加熱易剥離型粘着剤は、加熱により被着体から自然に剥離してしまうことがあるため、加熱処理後の所望のタイミングで被着体と粘着剤とを分離することは難しい。 On the other hand, if the peeling strength of the adhesive is excessively reduced by UV irradiation or heat treatment, the adherend may separate from the adhesive at an unintended time due to minor external forces such as vibration, or even without any external force, and may be damaged by being dropped, etc. For example, a technology is known in which adhesives that become easily peelable when heated contain a foaming agent or heat-expandable microspheres, and the adhesive is foamed or expanded by heating to a specified temperature, causing it to peel off. However, such heat-peelable adhesives can naturally peel off from the adherend when heated, making it difficult to separate the adhesive from the adherend at the desired time after heat treatment.

 上記脆性材料や剛体等のように剥離操作に制限や困難性のある被着体を、所望のタイミングで被着体を破損することなく粘着シートから分離することができ、あるいは剛体同士の接着状態を容易に解除できる方法が実現されれば、有用である。 It would be useful if a method could be realized that would enable adherends that have limitations or are difficult to peel, such as the brittle materials and rigid bodies mentioned above, to be separated from an adhesive sheet at a desired time without damaging the adherend, or to easily release the adhesion between rigid bodies.

 本発明は、上記の事情に鑑みて創出されたものであり、硬化性の粘着剤を用い、かつ流体を利用して部材を分離する方法を提供することを目的とする。本発明の関連する他の目的は、上記分離方法に用いることができる粘着シートを提供することである。 The present invention was created in consideration of the above circumstances, and aims to provide a method for separating components using a curable adhesive and utilizing a fluid. Another related aim of the present invention is to provide an adhesive sheet that can be used in the above separation method.

 この明細書によると、第1の部材と、第2の部材と、該第1の部材および該第2の部材のあいだに配置されて該第1の部材および該第2の部材に接着する接着部とを備える構造体から、加熱処理後に該第1の部材および該第2の部材の少なくとも一方を分離する方法が提供される。上記接着部は、硬化性粘着剤層を有する。また、上記分離方法は、上記第1の部材側または上記第2の部材側から上記接着部に流体を供給する工程(流体供給工程)を含む。 According to this specification, a method is provided for separating at least one of a first member and a second member from a structure including a first member, a second member, and an adhesive portion disposed between the first member and the second member and adhering to the first member and the second member after a heat treatment. The adhesive portion has a curable adhesive layer. The separation method also includes a step of supplying a fluid to the adhesive portion from the first member side or the second member side (fluid supply step).

 上記の方法において、硬化性粘着剤層を有する接着部は、加熱処理後、当該加熱処理により、あるいは活性エネルギー線の照射など適当な粘着剤硬化処理を適宜施すことにより硬化し、第1の部材、第2の部材を分離することなく保持しつつ、第1の部材、第2の部材に対する接着力が低下し得る。そこに、一方の部材の側から流体を供給することにより、流体が部材の接着箇所に作用して、第1の部材および第2の部材の少なくとも一方が接着部から分離される。このように、部材は、粘着剤の硬化と流体の作用により分離されるので、例えば、部材が脆性材料の場合でも、分離時に部材の破損は生じにくい。また、第1および第2の部材が剛体同士の場合でも、例えば接着面に直交する方向の力のみで両者を容易に分離することができる。 In the above method, the adhesive portion having the curable adhesive layer is cured by the heat treatment or by applying an appropriate adhesive curing treatment such as irradiation with active energy rays after the heat treatment, and the adhesive strength to the first member and the second member can be reduced while holding the first member and the second member without separating them. By supplying a fluid from one of the members, the fluid acts on the adhesive points of the members, and at least one of the first member and the second member is separated from the adhesive portion. In this way, the members are separated by the hardening of the adhesive and the action of the fluid, so that even if the members are made of a brittle material, the members are unlikely to be damaged during separation. Furthermore, even if the first and second members are rigid bodies, they can be easily separated from each other by only a force in a direction perpendicular to the adhesive surface, for example.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記粘着剤層は、上記第1の部材に接している。また、上記接着部には、上記第1の部材と上記第2の部材とに通じる孔が設けられている。そして、上記分離方法は、上記流体供給工程として、上記第2の部材側から上記接着部の上記孔に上記流体を供給する工程を含む。この構成および方法によると、流体は、第2の部材側から供給されて、接着部の孔を通じて、第1の部材を粘着剤層から離すように作用する。この作用に基づき、第1の部材は粘着剤層から分離される。 In some preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer is in contact with the first member. The adhesive portion has a hole that connects the first member and the second member. The separation method includes, as the fluid supplying step, a step of supplying the fluid from the second member side to the hole in the adhesive portion. According to this configuration and method, the fluid is supplied from the second member side and acts to separate the first member from the adhesive layer through the hole in the adhesive portion. Based on this action, the first member is separated from the adhesive layer.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記粘着剤層は、エチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む。エチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む粘着剤層は、加熱処理や、活性エネルギー線の照射等により効果的に硬化し得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator. The adhesive layer containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator can be effectively cured by heat treatment, irradiation with active energy rays, etc.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記粘着剤層は熱硬化性粘着剤層である。熱硬化性粘着剤層によると、加熱処理を利用して硬化し得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer is a thermosetting adhesive layer. A thermosetting adhesive layer can be cured by utilizing a heat treatment.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ラジカル重合開始剤は熱重合開始剤である。ラジカル重合開始剤として熱重合開始剤を含む粘着剤層によると、加熱処理を利用して部材に対する接着力を低下させることができる。 In some preferred embodiments, the radical polymerization initiator is a thermal polymerization initiator. By using an adhesive layer containing a thermal polymerization initiator as a radical polymerization initiator, the adhesive strength to a member can be reduced by utilizing a heat treatment.

 いくつかの態様において、上記第1の部材および上記第2の部材は光線非透過性である。ここに開示される技術は、熱硬化性粘着剤を用いて、加熱処理により硬化し、接着力が低下し得るので、上記のように光線非透過性の部材の分離に適用可能である。 In some embodiments, the first member and the second member are non-transparent to light. The technology disclosed herein uses a thermosetting adhesive that can be cured by heat treatment and lose its adhesive strength, and is therefore applicable to the separation of non-transparent members as described above.

 いくつかの態様において、上記接着部は上記粘着剤層からなる。あるいは、他のいくつかの態様において、上記接着部は、上記粘着剤層としての第1粘着剤層と、基材層と、第2粘着剤層とをこの順で含む積層構造を有する。上記いずれかの構成を有する接着部を有する態様で、ここに開示される技術は好ましく実施され得る。 In some embodiments, the adhesive portion is made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Alternatively, in some other embodiments, the adhesive portion has a laminated structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a base layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in that order. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment having an adhesive portion having any of the above configurations.

 いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤層は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後のゲル分率上昇量が10%以上である。上記加熱後ゲル分率が大きくなる粘着剤層(熱硬化性粘着剤)によると、加熱処理を利用して部材に対する接着力を低下させることができる。 In some embodiments, the adhesive layer has a gel fraction increase of 10% or more after heat treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes. With an adhesive layer (thermosetting adhesive) that has a large gel fraction after heating, the adhesive strength to the member can be reduced by utilizing heat treatment.

 いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤層は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後のヤング率Y1[MPa]が、加熱前のヤング率Y0[MPa]の100倍以上、すなわち加熱後ヤング率変化比(Y1/Y0)が100以上であることが好ましい。加熱後ヤング率変化比が高いほど、加熱時における粘着剤層の硬化度が高くなり、加熱易剥離性が得られやすい傾向がある。上記特性を満たす粘着剤層によると、加熱処理を利用して部材に対する接着力を効果的に低下させることができる。 In some embodiments, the adhesive layer preferably has a Young's modulus Y1 [MPa] after heat treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes that is 100 times or more the Young's modulus Y0 [MPa] before heating, i.e., a Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1/Y0) of 100 or more. The higher the Young's modulus change ratio after heating, the higher the degree of hardening of the adhesive layer when heated, and the easier it tends to be to obtain easy peelability by heating. With an adhesive layer that satisfies the above characteristics, the adhesive strength to a member can be effectively reduced by utilizing heat treatment.

 また、この明細書によると、ここに開示されるいずれかの分離方法において接合部として用いられる粘着シートが提供される。この粘着シートは、硬化性粘着剤層を有する。硬化性粘着剤層を有する粘着シートを接着部として用いることにより、ここに開示される分離方法は好ましく実施される。 Also, according to this specification, there is provided an adhesive sheet used as a joint in any of the separation methods disclosed herein. This adhesive sheet has a curable adhesive layer. By using an adhesive sheet having a curable adhesive layer as an adhesive part, the separation method disclosed herein is preferably carried out.

 また、この明細書によると、粘着剤層を有する粘着シートが提供される。この粘着シートには孔が設けられている。そして、上記粘着剤層は、エチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む。上記構成の粘着シートによると、加熱処理後、流体を孔に供給することにより、被着体を負荷少なく容易に剥がすことができる。上記構成の粘着シートは、ここに開示される分離方法に好ましく適用することができる。 Also, according to this specification, there is provided an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer. This adhesive sheet has holes. The adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator. According to the adhesive sheet having the above configuration, the adherend can be easily peeled off with little load by supplying a fluid to the holes after heat treatment. The adhesive sheet having the above configuration can be preferably applied to the separation method disclosed herein.

分離方法に用いられる構造体の一形態例を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic example of a structure used in a separation method. 分離方法に用いられる構造体の他の一形態例を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a structure used in the separation method.

 以下、本発明の好適な実施形態を説明する。本明細書において特に言及している事項以外の事柄であって本発明の実施に必要な事柄は、本明細書に記載された発明の実施についての教示と出願時の技術常識とに基づいて当業者に理解され得る。本発明は、本明細書に開示されている内容と当該分野における技術常識とに基づいて実施することができる。
 なお、以下の図面において、同じ作用を奏する部材・部位には同じ符号を付して説明することがあり、重複する説明は省略または簡略化することがある。また、図面に記載の実施形態は、本発明を明瞭に説明するために模式化されており、実際に提供される製品のサイズや縮尺を必ずしも正確に表したものではない。
Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described below. Matters necessary for carrying out the present invention other than those specifically mentioned in this specification can be understood by those skilled in the art based on the teachings on carrying out the invention described in this specification and the common general technical knowledge at the time of filing. The present invention can be carried out based on the contents disclosed in this specification and the common general technical knowledge in the relevant field.
In the following drawings, the same reference numerals may be used to denote components or parts having the same function, and duplicated descriptions may be omitted or simplified. In addition, the embodiments shown in the drawings are schematic in order to clearly explain the present invention, and do not necessarily accurately represent the size or scale of the product actually provided.

 この明細書において、粘着剤の「ベースポリマー」とは、該粘着剤に含まれるゴム状ポリマーの主成分をいう。上記ゴム状ポリマーとは、室温付近の温度域においてゴム弾性を示すポリマーをいう。また、この明細書において「主成分」とは、特記しない場合、50重量%を超えて含まれる成分を指す。 In this specification, the "base polymer" of an adhesive refers to the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive. The rubber-like polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature. In addition, in this specification, the "main component" refers to a component that is contained in an amount of more than 50% by weight, unless otherwise specified.

 この明細書において「アクリル系ポリマー」とは、該ポリマーを構成するモノマー単位として、一分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含む重合物をいう。この明細書におけるアクリル系ポリマーは、アクリル系モノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含むポリマーとして定義される。 In this specification, "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer that contains, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, a monomer unit derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule. In this specification, an acrylic polymer is defined as a polymer that contains a monomer unit derived from an acrylic monomer.

 また、この明細書において「アクリル系モノマー」とは、一分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーをいう。ここで、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基を包括的に指す意味である。したがって、ここでいうアクリル系モノマーの概念には、アクリロイル基を有するモノマー(アクリル系モノマー)とメタクリロイル基を有するモノマー(メタクリル系モノマー)との両方が包含され得る。同様に、この明細書において「(メタ)アクリル酸」とはアクリル酸およびメタクリル酸を、「(メタ)アクリレート」とはアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを、それぞれ包括的に指す意味である。他の類似用語も同様である。 In addition, in this specification, "acrylic monomer" refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule. Here, "(meth)acryloyl group" refers collectively to acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Therefore, the concept of acrylic monomer here can include both monomers having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomers) and monomers having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomers). Similarly, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" refers collectively to acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acrylate" refers collectively to acrylate and methacrylate. The same applies to other similar terms.

 また、この明細書において、「重量」は「質量」と読み替えてもよいものとする。例えば、「重量%」は「質量%」と読み替えてもよく、「重量部」は「質量部」と読み替えてもよいものとする。 Furthermore, in this specification, "weight" may be read as "mass." For example, "% by weight" may be read as "% by mass," and "parts by weight" may be read as "parts by mass."

 <部材の分離方法>
 ここに開示される部材の分離方法は、第1の部材および第2の部材を有する構造体から、加熱処理後に第1の部材および第2の部材の少なくとも一方を分離する方法である。
<Method of separating components>
The member separation method disclosed herein is a method for separating at least one of a first member and a second member from a structure having the first member and the second member after a heat treatment.

 (構造体)
 上記分離方法に用いられる構造体は、例えば図1に模式的に示す断面構造を有する。図1に示す構造体100は、第1の部材10と、接着部30と、第2の部材20とをこの順で有する。接着部30は、第1の部材10および第2の部材20のあいだに配置されて第1の部材10および第2の部材20に接着している。図1の実施形態では、第1の部材10および第2の部材20は、シート状または板状であり、接着部30は層状体である。接着部30は、硬化性粘着剤層31から構成されており、第1の部材10と第2の部材20とを接合している。換言すれば、第1の部材10と第2の部材20とは、硬化性粘着剤層31を含む接着部30を介して接合されている。この実施形態では、第1の部材10は半導体ウエハであり、第2の部材20は金属製部材である。また、接着部30としては、硬化性粘着剤層31からなる基材レス粘着シート30が用いられている。より具体的には、接着部(粘着シート)30の一方の面30Aである第1接着面(第1粘着面)は、被着体としての第1の部材10に接着しており、接着部(粘着シート)30の他方の面(一方の面の反対面)30Bとなる第2接着面(第2粘着面)は、被着体としての第2の部材20に接着している。
(Structure)
The structure used in the above separation method has a cross-sectional structure, for example, as shown in FIG. 1. The structure 100 shown in FIG. 1 has a first member 10, an adhesive portion 30, and a second member 20 in this order. The adhesive portion 30 is disposed between the first member 10 and the second member 20 and adheres to the first member 10 and the second member 20. In the embodiment of FIG. 1, the first member 10 and the second member 20 are sheet-shaped or plate-shaped, and the adhesive portion 30 is a layered body. The adhesive portion 30 is composed of a curable adhesive layer 31 and bonds the first member 10 and the second member 20. In other words, the first member 10 and the second member 20 are bonded via the adhesive portion 30 including the curable adhesive layer 31. In this embodiment, the first member 10 is a semiconductor wafer, and the second member 20 is a metal member. Further, a substrate-less adhesive sheet 30 made of a curable adhesive layer 31 is used as the adhesive part 30. More specifically, a first adhesive surface (first adhesive surface) which is one surface 30A of the adhesive part (adhesive sheet) 30 is adhered to a first member 10 as an adherend, and a second adhesive surface (second adhesive surface) which is the other surface 30B (the surface opposite to the one surface) of the adhesive part (adhesive sheet) 30 is adhered to a second member 20 as an adherend.

 また、第2の部材20には流通孔25が形成されており、接着部30にも、孔(貫通孔)35が形成されており、孔35は、第1の部材10と第2の部材20とに通じている。構造体100において、第2の部材20と接着部30とは、各々の流通孔25と孔35の開口とが一致するように配置されており、第1の部材10は、孔35上に配置されて硬化性粘着剤層31と接している。 Furthermore, the second member 20 has a flow hole 25, and the adhesive portion 30 also has a hole (through hole) 35, which connects the first member 10 and the second member 20. In the structure 100, the second member 20 and the adhesive portion 30 are arranged so that the openings of the flow holes 25 and the holes 35 match, and the first member 10 is arranged on the holes 35 and contacts the curable adhesive layer 31.

 (加熱処理)
 ここに開示される部材の分離方法では、まず、構造体100に対して加熱処理が行われる。加熱処理は、第1の部材10および第2の部材20の少なくとも一方に対する加熱処理であってもよい。この実施形態では、第1の部材10としての半導体ウエハに対する加工のための加熱が上記加熱処理に該当する。あるいは、加熱処理は、接着部30に対する加熱処理であってもよい。接着部30に対する加熱処理は、硬化性粘着剤層31が熱硬化性粘着剤である場合には、熱硬化処理、接着力低下処理工程に該当し得る。
(Heat Treatment)
In the member separation method disclosed herein, first, a heat treatment is performed on the structure 100. The heat treatment may be a heat treatment on at least one of the first member 10 and the second member 20. In this embodiment, heating for processing the semiconductor wafer as the first member 10 corresponds to the above-mentioned heat treatment. Alternatively, the heat treatment may be a heat treatment on the adhesive portion 30. When the curable adhesive layer 31 is a thermosetting adhesive, the heat treatment on the adhesive portion 30 may correspond to a heat curing treatment or an adhesive strength reducing treatment step.

 上記加熱処理の温度は、加熱処理の目的により適切に設定される。加熱処理温度の設定にあたっては部材の耐熱性も考慮される。特に限定するものではないが、加熱処理温度は、例えば100℃超であってもよく、120℃以上でもよく、150℃以上(例えば150℃超)でもよく、160℃以上でもよく、170℃以上でもよい。加熱処理温度の上限は、概ね250℃以下程度であり、230℃以下または200℃以下であり得る。加熱処理の時間は、特に限定するものではないが、例えば3分以上であってもよく、5分以上でもよく、10分以上でもよく、20分以上でもよく、30分以上でもよく、60分以上でもよく、1時間超でもよく、3時間超でもよく、4時間超でもよく、5時間超でもよい。また、加熱処理時間の上限は特にないが、例えば10時間以内であってもよく、5時間以内でもよく、3時間以内でもよく、加熱プロセスの効率等の観点から、例えば1時間以内であってもよく、30分以内でもよい。加熱手段は特に限定されず、オーブンなどの高温室内への投入や、熱風の送風などの手段を用いることができる。 The temperature of the heat treatment is appropriately set depending on the purpose of the heat treatment. The heat resistance of the member is also taken into consideration when setting the heat treatment temperature. Although not particularly limited, the heat treatment temperature may be, for example, over 100°C, 120°C or more, 150°C or more (e.g., over 150°C), 160°C or more, or 170°C or more. The upper limit of the heat treatment temperature is generally about 250°C or less, and may be 230°C or less or 200°C or less. The heat treatment time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 3 minutes or more, 5 minutes or more, 10 minutes or more, 20 minutes or more, 30 minutes or more, 60 minutes or more, more than 1 hour, more than 3 hours, more than 4 hours, or more than 5 hours. There is no particular upper limit to the heat treatment time, but it may be, for example, within 10 hours, within 5 hours, or within 3 hours. From the viewpoint of the efficiency of the heating process, it may be, for example, within 1 hour or within 30 minutes. There are no particular limitations on the heating means, and means such as placing the material in a high-temperature chamber such as an oven or blowing hot air can be used.

 上記のような加熱処理により、接着部30の硬化性粘着剤層31が熱硬化性粘着剤である態様においては、硬化性粘着剤層31は硬化し、接着部30の接着力は低下し得る。硬化性粘着剤層31が熱硬化性粘着剤以外の硬化性粘着剤である態様においては、例えば、硬化性粘着剤層31が紫外線硬化型粘着剤等の活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤である態様においては、上記加熱処理の前後で、紫外線等の活性エネルギー線を硬化性粘着剤層31に対して照射し、硬化性粘着剤層31を硬化させ、接着力を低下させてもよい。 In an embodiment in which the curable adhesive layer 31 of the adhesive portion 30 is a thermosetting adhesive, the curable adhesive layer 31 may be cured by the above-mentioned heat treatment, and the adhesive strength of the adhesive portion 30 may be reduced. In an embodiment in which the curable adhesive layer 31 is a curable adhesive other than a thermosetting adhesive, for example, in an embodiment in which the curable adhesive layer 31 is an active energy ray curable adhesive such as an ultraviolet ray curable adhesive, the curable adhesive layer 31 may be irradiated with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays before or after the above-mentioned heat treatment to cure the curable adhesive layer 31 and reduce the adhesive strength.

 加熱処理後、あるいは粘着剤硬化処理後、それまで第1の部材10と第2の部材20とをしっかりと接着していた接着部30の接着力は低下するが、第1の部材10、第2の部材20を分離することなく保持した状態となる。具体的には、硬化性粘着剤層31は、第1の部材10および第2の部材20から剥がれない程度に各部材10,20を保持し得る。このような接着力低下および保持状態は、特に限定するものではないが、例えば、後述するエチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む粘着剤を用いることにより好ましく実現される。これにより、部材10,20が意図しないタイミングで接着部30から分離してしまうことが防止される。 After the heat treatment or adhesive curing treatment, the adhesive strength of the adhesive portion 30 that had firmly bonded the first member 10 and the second member 20 is reduced, but the first member 10 and the second member 20 are held together without being separated. Specifically, the curable adhesive layer 31 can hold the first member 10 and the second member 20 to such an extent that they do not peel off from each other. This reduction in adhesive strength and holding state is preferably achieved, for example, by using an adhesive containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator, which will be described later, although there are no particular limitations thereon. This prevents the members 10 and 20 from being separated from the adhesive portion 30 at an unintended timing.

 (流体供給工程)
 次いで、第2の部材20の側から接着部30に流体を供給する。具体的には、第2の部材20の流通孔25にエアAを供給する。供給されたエアAは、流通孔25を通過し、さらに接着部20の孔35を通って、第1の部材10に達する。エアAは、第1の部材10を接着部30から離すように第1の部材10の表面(接着部30に接する面)10Aを押す。この作用により、孔35の開口を中心に第1の部材10と接着部30との接着面に空隙が生じ、エアAは、該空隙を拡げるように第1の部材10の表面10Aと接着部30の第1接着面30Aのあいだを面方向に沿って移動し、第1の部材10と接着部30とを分離する。このような分離方法によると、分離時の負荷が実質的にエア供給のみであるので、第1の部材10である半導体ウエハは、分離時に破損しにくい。また、第1の部材10と接着部30との接着面に直交する方向の力(エア圧力)のみで第1の部材10を容易に分離することができる。
(Fluid supplying process)
Next, a fluid is supplied to the adhesive portion 30 from the side of the second member 20. Specifically, air A is supplied to the through hole 25 of the second member 20. The supplied air A passes through the through hole 25 and further passes through the hole 35 of the adhesive portion 20 to reach the first member 10. The air A presses the surface 10A of the first member 10 (the surface in contact with the adhesive portion 30) so as to separate the first member 10 from the adhesive portion 30. This action creates a gap on the adhesive surface between the first member 10 and the adhesive portion 30, centered on the opening of the hole 35, and the air A moves along the surface direction between the surface 10A of the first member 10 and the first adhesive surface 30A of the adhesive portion 30 so as to expand the gap, and the first member 10 and the adhesive portion 30 are separated. According to this separation method, since the load during separation is substantially only the air supply, the semiconductor wafer, which is the first member 10, is less likely to be damaged during separation. Moreover, the first member 10 can be easily separated only by a force (air pressure) in a direction perpendicular to the adhesive surface between the first member 10 and the adhesive portion 30 .

 なお、流体はエアに限定されず、窒素ガス等の各種の気体を用いることができる。また、流体は、気体に限定されず、水やエタノール、その他の有機溶剤等の液体を用いることも可能である。流体供給手段は特に限定されず、公知ないし慣用の気体または液体供給装置を使用することができる。流体の供給量(供給レート)は、目的に応じて、また部材、粘着シートの種類、サイズ等に応じて適切に設定される。 The fluid is not limited to air, and various gases such as nitrogen gas can be used. The fluid is also not limited to gas, and liquids such as water, ethanol, and other organic solvents can be used. The fluid supply means is not particularly limited, and any publicly known or commonly used gas or liquid supply device can be used. The amount of fluid supplied (supply rate) is appropriately set according to the purpose, the type of material, the adhesive sheet, the size, etc.

 分離方法に用いられる構造体の他の構成例を図2に模式的に示す。図2に示す構造体200は、接着部30が、第1粘着剤層31と、基材層34と、第2粘着剤層32とをこの順で含む積層構造を有する点が、図1に示す構造体100と異なる。接着部30として用いられる粘着シート30は、基材層34(例えば樹脂フィルム)の第1面34Aおよび第2面34Bにそれぞれ第1粘着剤層31および第2粘着剤層32が設けられた基材付き両面粘着シートとして構成されている。この実施形態では、第1粘着剤層31および第2粘着剤層32はともに硬化性粘着剤層である。構造体200に関するその他の点については、図1に示す構造体と基本的に同じであるので、説明は繰り返さない。図2に示す接着部30によると、例えば第1粘着剤層31と第2粘着剤層32の組成や特性を異ならせることにより、第1の部材10と第2の部材20の分離性を異ならせ、分離対象の部材のみを確実に分離したり、あるいは部材の分離のタイミングを異ならせることができる。また、第1の部材10、第2の部材20のいずれか一方のみを所望のタイミングで分離し、他方については接着部30から分離しない、あるいは異なる手法、異なるタイミングで分離することも可能である。例えば、構造体200から第1の部材10と第2の部材20とを分離した後、分離された部材上に残っている接着部(粘着シート)30を該部材から引き剥がしやすい。 Another example of the structure used in the separation method is shown in FIG. 2. The structure 200 shown in FIG. 2 differs from the structure 100 shown in FIG. 1 in that the adhesive portion 30 has a laminated structure including a first adhesive layer 31, a base layer 34, and a second adhesive layer 32 in this order. The adhesive sheet 30 used as the adhesive portion 30 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet with a base material in which the first adhesive layer 31 and the second adhesive layer 32 are provided on the first surface 34A and the second surface 34B of the base material layer 34 (e.g., a resin film), respectively. In this embodiment, both the first adhesive layer 31 and the second adhesive layer 32 are curable adhesive layers. Other points regarding the structure 200 are basically the same as those of the structure shown in FIG. 1, so the description will not be repeated. According to the adhesive portion 30 shown in FIG. 2, for example, by making the composition or characteristics of the first adhesive layer 31 and the second adhesive layer 32 different, the separability of the first member 10 and the second member 20 can be made different, and only the members to be separated can be reliably separated, or the timing of separation of the members can be made different. It is also possible to separate only one of the first member 10 and the second member 20 at a desired timing, and not separate the other from the adhesive portion 30, or to separate it by a different method or at a different timing. For example, after separating the first member 10 and the second member 20 from the structure 200, the adhesive portion (adhesive sheet) 30 remaining on the separated member can be easily peeled off from the member.

 構造体200においては、上記のように第1粘着剤層31および第2粘着剤層の両方が硬化性であってもよく、いずれか一方の粘着剤層のみが硬化性であってもよい。 In the structure 200, both the first adhesive layer 31 and the second adhesive layer may be curable as described above, or only one of the adhesive layers may be curable.

 なお、上記の分離方法において、第1の部材には流通孔が設けられていなかったが、第1の部材に流通孔を設けて、第1の部材の側から接着部に流体を供給して第2の部材を分離してもよい。この場合、第2の部材には、流通孔が設けられていてもよく、流通孔が設けていなくてもよい。また、第1の部材および第2の部材に設けられる流通孔数は1に限定されず、例えば1~50程度の範囲から適当な数とすることができる。部材のサイズ等に応じて、負荷の少ない分離となるよう流通孔数は2以上であってもよく、5以上でもよく、10以上でもよい。第1の部材、第2の部材として多孔質材料を用いる場合、その多孔構造を流体の通路として利用してもよい。その場合、第1の部材、第2の部材に流通孔を設ける必要はない。なお、流通孔のサイズは特に限定されず、目的に応じて、また部材の材質やサイズ等に応じて、例えば直径が十ミクロン程度から数センチ(より具体的には、例えば10μm~5cm程度)の範囲の開口を有するなど適宜設定され得る。 In the above separation method, the first member does not have a through hole, but the first member may have a through hole and the second member may be separated by supplying a fluid to the adhesive portion from the first member side. In this case, the second member may have a through hole or may not have a through hole. The number of through holes provided in the first member and the second member is not limited to 1, and may be an appropriate number from, for example, about 1 to 50. Depending on the size of the members, the number of through holes may be 2 or more, 5 or more, or 10 or more so that separation is performed with less load. When a porous material is used as the first member and the second member, the porous structure may be used as a fluid passage. In that case, it is not necessary to provide a through hole in the first member and the second member. The size of the through hole is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately set according to the purpose and the material and size of the members, for example, to have an opening with a diameter in the range of about 10 microns to several centimeters (more specifically, for example, about 10 μm to 5 cm).

 また、接着部(粘着シート)の孔の数は1であったが、これに限定されず、第1の部材、第2の部材が有する流通孔数に対応して、例えば1~50程度の範囲から適当な数とすることができる。部材のサイズ等に応じて、負荷の少ない分離となるよう孔の数は2以上であってもよく、5以上でもよく、10以上でもよい。接着部(粘着シート)に複数の孔を設ける場合、流体の負荷が部材の一部に偏らないよう、孔を等間隔など所定の間隔となるよう配置することが好ましい。あるいは、接着部(粘着シート)には、孔が設けられていなくてもよい。その場合、第2の部材の流通孔から供給される流体によって、第2の部材が接着部から分離され得る。第1の部材に流通孔を設け、流体を供給する場合には、第1の部材が接着部から分離され得る。つまり、孔の設定、流体の供給方法の工夫により、第1の部材および第2の部材の一方のみを接着部から分離することができ、あるいは第1の部材および第2の部材の両方を同じタイミング、あるいは異なるタイミングで接着部から分離することも可能である。なお、孔のサイズは特に限定されず、目的に応じて、また上記流通孔の開口のサイズに応じて、さらには部材の材質やサイズ等に応じて、例えば直径が十ミクロン程度から数センチ(より具体的には、例えば10μm~5cm程度)の範囲の開口を有するなど適宜設定され得る。孔の開口のサイズは、部材の流通孔の開口のサイズと同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In addition, the number of holes in the adhesive portion (adhesive sheet) is one, but is not limited to this, and can be an appropriate number, for example, from about 1 to 50, depending on the number of flow holes in the first member and the second member. Depending on the size of the members, the number of holes may be two or more, five or more, or ten or more, so that separation is performed with less load. When multiple holes are provided in the adhesive portion (adhesive sheet), it is preferable to arrange the holes at a predetermined interval, such as equal intervals, so that the load of the fluid is not concentrated on one part of the member. Alternatively, the adhesive portion (adhesive sheet) may not have holes. In that case, the second member can be separated from the adhesive portion by the fluid supplied from the flow hole of the second member. When flow holes are provided in the first member and fluid is supplied, the first member can be separated from the adhesive portion. In other words, by adjusting the hole settings and the fluid supply method, it is possible to separate only one of the first member and the second member from the adhesive joint, or to separate both the first member and the second member from the adhesive joint at the same time or at different times. The size of the hole is not particularly limited, and can be set appropriately depending on the purpose, the size of the opening of the flow hole, and the material and size of the member, for example, with an opening having a diameter ranging from about 10 microns to several centimeters (more specifically, for example, about 10 μm to 5 cm). The size of the hole opening may be the same as or different from the size of the opening of the flow hole of the member.

 また、上記の分離方法では、構造体を構成する第1の部材、第2の部材および接着部は、いずれも層状、シート状または板状に構成されており、構造体は積層構造体(積層体)の形態を有していたが、第1の部材、第2の部材、接合部の形状は、層状、シート状または板状でなくてもよく、様々な形状を有するものであり得る。例えば、第1の部材、第2の部材は、接着部と接する面を有するものであればよく、用途や使用目的に基づき、複雑な形状や曲面形状など様々な立体的な部材形状を有するものであってもよい。接着部も、第1の部材、第2の部材の面形状にあわせて様々な形状を有し得る。 In addition, in the above separation method, the first member, second member, and adhesive portion that constitute the structure are all configured in a layered, sheet-like, or plate-like shape, and the structure has the form of a laminated structure (laminate), but the shapes of the first member, second member, and adhesive portion do not have to be layered, sheet-like, or plate-like, and can have various shapes. For example, the first member and second member only need to have a surface that contacts the adhesive portion, and may have various three-dimensional member shapes, such as complex shapes and curved shapes, based on the application and purpose of use. The adhesive portion can also have various shapes to match the surface shapes of the first member and second member.

 また、本明細書において、第1の部材および第2の部材における「部材」の語は、構造体の構成要素という意味で用いられており、その意味以外特に限定されないものとする。例えば、第1の部材および第2の部材は、それぞれ別個に独立した物品や部品であってもよく、それぞれ別の物品を構成する部材であってもよい。 In addition, in this specification, the word "member" in the terms "first member" and "second member" is used to mean a component of a structure, and is not limited to any other meaning. For example, the first member and the second member may each be an independent item or part, or each may be a member that constitutes a different item.

 また、構造体は、第1および第2の部材に加えて、任意に他の部材、構成要素を含んでよい。例えば、第1の部材および第2の部材が、製品の一部である場合、構造体は、多数の部材や要素から構成されたものであり得る。 The structure may also include other members and components in addition to the first and second members. For example, if the first and second members are part of a product, the structure may be composed of multiple members and elements.

 また、ここに開示される粘着シート(詳しくは後述の粘着シート)は、例えば上記のような高温加熱処理により、粘着剤が硬化し、剥離力が低下するか、剥離力の上昇が抑えられ、加熱状態が長時間続いても剥離力の上昇(重剥離化)が生じないか、抑制されるものであり得る。したがって、長時間の加熱処理後も加熱易剥離性を保持することが可能である。 In addition, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (more specifically, the adhesive sheet described below) can be one in which, for example, high-temperature heat treatment as described above hardens the adhesive, reducing the peel strength or suppressing the increase in peel strength, and even if the heated state continues for a long period of time, an increase in peel strength (heavy peeling) does not occur or is suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to maintain easy peelability by heat even after a long period of heat treatment.

 以下、ここに開示される分離方法における接着部として用いることができる粘着シートの詳細について説明し、次いで、第1の部材、第2の部材の詳細について説明する。なお、この明細書によって提供される下記の粘着シートや構造体は、上述した分離方法に好適であるが、上記分離方法に限定されない態様で用いることができる。したがって、ここに開示される粘着シートおよび構造体は、上記分離方法に用いられることに制限されない。 Below, the adhesive sheet that can be used as the adhesive portion in the separation method disclosed herein will be described in detail, followed by a detailed description of the first member and the second member. Note that the adhesive sheets and structures provided below in this specification are suitable for the separation method described above, but can be used in aspects that are not limited to the separation method described above. Thus, the adhesive sheets and structures disclosed herein are not limited to being used in the separation method described above.

 <粘着シート>
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、粘着剤層を含んで構成されている。粘着シートは、非剥離性の基材(支持基材)の両面に上記粘着剤層を有する形態の基材付き粘着シートであってもよく、上記粘着剤層がはく離ライナーに保持された形態等の基材レスの粘着シート(すなわち、非剥離性の基材を有しない粘着シート。典型的には粘着剤層からなる粘着シート)であってもよい。ここでいう粘着シートの概念には、粘着テープ、粘着フィルム等と称されるものが包含され得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、使用前においては、ロール状であってもよく、枚葉状であってもよい。あるいは、さらに種々の形状に加工された形態の粘着シートであってもよい。
<Adhesive sheet>
The adhesive sheet disclosed herein is configured to include an adhesive layer. The adhesive sheet may be a substrate-attached adhesive sheet having the above-mentioned adhesive layer on both sides of a non-releasable substrate (support substrate), or may be a substrate-less adhesive sheet (i.e., an adhesive sheet without a non-releasable substrate. Typically, the adhesive sheet is made of an adhesive layer) having the above-mentioned adhesive layer held by a release liner. The concept of adhesive sheet here may include those called adhesive tape, adhesive film, etc. The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a roll or a sheet before use. Alternatively, it may be an adhesive sheet in the form of a processed form into various shapes.

 <粘着剤層>
 粘着剤層としては、各種の硬化性粘着剤層を用いることができる。これにより、加熱や、活性エネルギー線照射等により粘着剤層は硬化し、被着体に対する接着力を低下させることができる。かかる粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤は、加熱により硬化する熱硬化性粘着剤であってもよく、紫外線など活性エネルギー線の照射により硬化する活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤(典型的には、紫外線硬化型粘着剤)であってもよい。
<Adhesive Layer>
As the adhesive layer, various curable adhesive layers can be used. As a result, the adhesive layer is cured by heating, irradiation with active energy rays, etc., and the adhesive strength to the adherend can be reduced. The adhesive constituting such an adhesive layer may be a thermosetting adhesive that is cured by heating, or an active energy ray curable adhesive (typically an ultraviolet ray curable adhesive) that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

 なお、この明細書において硬化性粘着剤(層)とは、所定の硬化処理(例えば、所定条件の加熱処理または活性エネルギー線照射処理)を施すことにより、初期(硬化処理前)に比べて、ゲル分率が5%以上高くなること、および、ヤング率が2.0倍以上に上昇すること、の少なくとも一方を満足する粘着剤(層)をいう。例えば、この明細書において熱硬化性粘着剤(層)とは、180℃で30分間の加熱処理を施すことにより、初期(加熱前)に比べて、ゲル分率が5%以上(好ましくは10%以上)高くなること、および、ヤング率が2.0倍以上(好ましくは5.0倍以上または10倍以上)に上昇すること、の少なくとも一方を満足する粘着剤(層)をいう。上記ゲル分率およびヤング率は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 In this specification, a curable adhesive (layer) refers to an adhesive (layer) that satisfies at least one of the following conditions: the gel fraction is increased by 5% or more compared to the initial state (before the curing treatment) and the Young's modulus is increased by 2.0 times or more when subjected to a predetermined curing treatment (for example, a heating treatment or an active energy ray irradiation treatment under predetermined conditions). For example, in this specification, a thermosetting adhesive (layer) refers to an adhesive (layer) that satisfies at least one of the following conditions: the gel fraction is increased by 5% or more (preferably 10% or more) compared to the initial state (before heating) when subjected to a heating treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes and the Young's modulus is increased by 2.0 times or more (preferably 5.0 times or more or 10 times or more). The above gel fraction and Young's modulus are measured by the method described in the Examples below.

 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層として熱硬化性粘着剤層を用いることが好ましい。熱硬化性粘着剤層によると、加熱処理を利用して粘着剤層を効率的にかつ効果的に硬化させることができる。かかる粘着剤層としては、特に限定するものではないが、エチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む各種の粘着剤層を好ましく用いることができる。これにより、加熱や、活性エネルギー線照射等により粘着剤層は好ましく硬化し、被着体に対する接着力をよりよく低下させることができる。かかる粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤は、加熱により硬化する熱硬化性粘着剤であってもよく、紫外線など活性エネルギー線の照射により硬化する活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤(典型的には、紫外線硬化型粘着剤)であってもよい。上記エチレン性不飽和基は、特に限定するものではないが、粘着剤層に含まれ得るポリマーやモノマー(以下、上記ポリマーの合成に用いられるモノマー成分と区別する目的で「配合モノマー」という場合がある。)としてエチレン性不飽和基を有するものを使用することにより、粘着剤層に含まれ得る。 Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, it is preferable to use a thermosetting adhesive layer as the adhesive layer. With a thermosetting adhesive layer, the adhesive layer can be cured efficiently and effectively by utilizing a heat treatment. As such an adhesive layer, although not particularly limited, various adhesive layers containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator can be preferably used. As a result, the adhesive layer is preferably cured by heating or irradiation with active energy rays, etc., and the adhesive force to the adherend can be better reduced. The adhesive constituting such an adhesive layer may be a thermosetting adhesive that is cured by heating, or may be an active energy ray curable adhesive (typically an ultraviolet ray curable adhesive) that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays. Although not particularly limited, the above ethylenically unsaturated group can be included in the adhesive layer by using a polymer or monomer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a "combined monomer" for the purpose of distinguishing it from the monomer component used in the synthesis of the above polymer) that has an ethylenically unsaturated group as the polymer or monomer that can be included in the adhesive layer.

 以下、エチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む粘着剤層について主に説明するが、ここに開示される粘着剤層を上記構成の粘着剤層に限定する意図ではない。例えば、ここに開示される粘着剤層(硬化性粘着剤層)として、エポキシ-酸(例えば酸無水物)の硬化反応を利用した硬化性粘着剤層(典型的には熱硬化性粘着剤層)など、他の硬化性粘着剤層を用いることも可能である。 The following mainly describes an adhesive layer containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator, but it is not intended to limit the adhesive layer disclosed herein to the adhesive layer having the above configuration. For example, as the adhesive layer (curable adhesive layer) disclosed herein, it is also possible to use other curable adhesive layers, such as a curable adhesive layer (typically a thermosetting adhesive layer) that utilizes a curing reaction of an epoxy-acid (e.g., an acid anhydride).

 (ポリマー)
 ここに開示される技術において、粘着剤の種類は特に限定されない。粘着剤層は、粘着剤の分野において用いられ得るアクリル系ポリマー、ゴム系ポリマー(例えば天然ゴム、合成ゴム、これらの混合物等)、ポリエステル系ポリマー、ウレタン系ポリマー、ポリエーテル系ポリマー、シリコーン系ポリマー、ポリアミド系ポリマー、フッ素系ポリマー等の各種ゴム状ポリマーの1種または2種以上のポリマーとして含むものであり得る。上記ポリマーは、粘着剤においてベースポリマーとして用いられ、粘着剤を形づくる構造ポリマーとして機能するものであり得る。粘着性能やコスト等の観点から、アクリル系ポリマーまたはゴム系ポリマーをベースポリマーとして含む粘着剤を好ましく採用し得る。なかでも、耐熱性に優れるアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとする粘着剤(アクリル系粘着剤)が好ましい。
(polymer)
In the technology disclosed herein, the type of adhesive is not particularly limited. The adhesive layer may contain one or more of various rubber-like polymers such as acrylic polymers, rubber polymers (e.g., natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), polyester polymers, urethane polymers, polyether polymers, silicone polymers, polyamide polymers, and fluorine polymers that can be used in the field of adhesives. The above polymers may be used as base polymers in adhesives and function as structural polymers that form the adhesive. From the viewpoint of adhesive performance, cost, etc., an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer or a rubber polymer as a base polymer may be preferably adopted. Among them, an adhesive (acrylic adhesive) having an acrylic polymer with excellent heat resistance as a base polymer is preferable.

 以下、アクリル系粘着剤、該粘着剤により構成された粘着剤層、すなわちアクリル系粘着剤層を有する粘着シートについて主に説明するが、ここに開示される粘着剤層をアクリル系粘着剤層に限定する意図ではない。  The following mainly describes acrylic adhesives and adhesive layers made of such adhesives, i.e., adhesive sheets having acrylic adhesive layers, but it is not intended to limit the adhesive layers disclosed herein to acrylic adhesive layers.

 (アクリル系ポリマー)
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーとして、該ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分のうち50重量%超がアクリル系モノマーであるアクリル系ポリマーが用いられる。上記モノマー成分に占めるアクリル系モノマーの割合は、60重量%以上が適当であり、好ましくは70重量%以上、より好ましくは80重量%以上、さらに好ましくは85重量%以上であり、例えば90重量%以上であってもよい。アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分中のアクリル系モノマーの割合の上限は100重量%であり、上記アクリル系モノマーの割合は、非アクリル系モノマー使用の効果を得る観点から、例えば98重量%以下であってもよく、95重量%以下でもよく、92重量%以下でもよい。アクリル系モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Acrylic polymer)
In some embodiments, the acrylic polymer is an acrylic polymer in which more than 50% by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer is an acrylic monomer. The proportion of the acrylic monomer in the monomer components is suitably 60% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, and even more preferably 85% by weight or more, and may be, for example, 90% by weight or more. The upper limit of the proportion of the acrylic monomer in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is 100% by weight, and the proportion of the acrylic monomer may be, for example, 98% by weight or less, 95% by weight or less, or 92% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of using a non-acrylic monomer. The acrylic monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマー成分は、アルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートを含む。モノマー成分としてアルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートを含むアクリル系ポリマーによると、良好な接着性が得られやすく、また例えば、後述の粘着剤層に含まれるモノマー(以下、上記ポリマーの合成に用いられるモノマー成分と区別する目的で「配合モノマー」という場合がある。)との相溶性が得られやすい傾向がある。アルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some preferred embodiments, the monomer component includes an alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate. Acrylic polymers that include an alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate as a monomer component tend to provide good adhesion and are compatible with, for example, the monomer contained in the adhesive layer described below (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "combined monomer" to distinguish it from the monomer component used in the synthesis of the polymer). The alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 アルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートの例としては、メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-メトキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロポキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート類;メトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシジプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシジプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート等のアルコキシ(ポリ)アルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート類;等が挙げられる。なかでも、アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート類が好ましく、そのなかでも、炭素原子数が1~4(例えば、炭素原子数1、2または3)のアルコキシ基を有するアルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートがより好ましく、メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートが特に好ましい。 Examples of alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates include alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, propoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate; alkoxy(poly)alkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as methoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxydipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxydipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, and ethoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate; and the like. Of these, alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates are preferred, and among these, alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates having an alkoxy group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms (e.g., 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms) are more preferred, with methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate being particularly preferred.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるアルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、特に制限されない。アルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート使用による効果を効果的に得る観点から、上記モノマー成分におけるアルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、通常、凡そ1重量%以上であり、例えば10重量%以上であってもよく、30重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分におけるアルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、接着力等の粘着特性や、配合モノマーとの相溶性の観点から、例えば30重量%超であり、好ましくは40重量%以上、より好ましくは50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超)、さらに好ましくは55重量%以上である。上記モノマー成分におけるアルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートの含有量の上限は、ポリマーへのエチレン性不飽和基の導入や、例えば官能基含有モノマーなど他の共重合性モノマーの効果を得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、凡そ99重量%以下であり、90重量%以下であってもよく、好ましくは80重量%以下、より好ましくは70重量%以下、さらに好ましくは65重量%以下であり、60重量%以下でもよい。 The content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of effectively obtaining the effect of using the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate, the content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is usually about 1% by weight or more, for example, 10% by weight or more, or 30% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, more than 30% by weight, preferably 40% by weight or more, more preferably 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight), and even more preferably 55% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and compatibility with the blended monomer. The upper limit of the content of the alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate in the above monomer component is approximately 99% by weight or less in some embodiments, from the viewpoint of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into the polymer and obtaining the effects of other copolymerizable monomers such as functional group-containing monomers, and may be 90% by weight or less, preferably 80% by weight or less, more preferably 70% by weight or less, and even more preferably 65% by weight or less, and may be 60% by weight or less.

 他のいくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、エステル末端に炭素原子数1以上20以下の直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有する鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを含むものであってもよい。以下、炭素原子数がX以上Y以下のアルキル基をエステル末端に有する鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを「CX-Yアルキル(メタ)アクリレート」と表記することがある。なお、本明細書において「鎖状」とは、直鎖状、分岐鎖状を包含する意味で用いられる。上記鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some other embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain a chain alkyl (meth)acrylate having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms at the ester end. Hereinafter, a chain alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having X to Y carbon atoms at the ester end may be referred to as a "C X-Y alkyl (meth)acrylate". In this specification, "chain" is used to mean both linear and branched. The chain alkyl (meth)acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの非限定的な具体例としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、s-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘプチル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ノニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソノニル(メタ)アクリレート、デシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ウンデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート、トリデシル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘプタデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、ノナデシル(メタ)アクリレート、エイコシル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Non-limiting specific examples of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl. (meth)acrylate, nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate, pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分としてC1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いる態様において、C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとして、少なくともC4-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いることが好ましく、少なくともC4-18アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いることがより好ましい。いくつかの態様において、C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとして、C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いることが好ましい。なかでも、C4-8アルキルアクリレートの使用がより好ましい。C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用により、良好な粘着特性(接着力等)が得られやすい傾向がある。例えば、上記モノマー成分としてn-ブチルアクリレート(BA)および2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)の一方または両方を含むアクリル系ポリマーが好ましく、少なくとも2EHAを含むアクリル系ポリマーが特に好ましい。また、C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを使用する他のいくつかの態様において、C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく用いられ得る。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、C7-10アルキルアクリレートが好ましく、C7-9アルキルアクリレートがより好ましく、Cアルキルアクリレートがさらに好ましい。 In an embodiment in which a C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate is used as a monomer component constituting an acrylic polymer, it is preferable to use at least a C 4-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate as the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate, and it is more preferable to use at least a C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate. In some embodiments, it is preferable to use a C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate. Of these, it is more preferable to use a C 4-8 alkyl acrylate. The C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The use of a C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to make it easier to obtain good adhesive properties (adhesive strength, etc.). For example, an acrylic polymer containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the monomer component is preferable, and an acrylic polymer containing at least 2EHA is particularly preferable. In some other embodiments in which a C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate is used, a C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be preferably used. The C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate, a C 7-10 alkyl acrylate is preferred, a C 7-9 alkyl acrylate is more preferred, and a C 8 alkyl acrylate is even more preferred.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分としてC1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いる態様において、上記モノマー成分におけるC1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、特に制限されない。C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレート使用による効果を効果的に得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分におけるC1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、通常、凡そ1重量%以上であり、例えば10重量%以上であってもよく、30重量%以上でもよく、50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超)でもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、ポリマーへのエチレン性不飽和基の導入や、他の共重合性モノマーの効果を得る観点から、上記C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、凡そ99重量%以下であり、90重量%以下であってもよく、凡そ70重量%以下であってもよく、50重量%以下(例えば50重量%未満)でもよく、30重量%以下でもよく、10重量%以下でもよく、1重量%以下でもよく、0.1重量%以下でもよい。上記モノマー成分は、C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に含有しないものであってもよい。 In an embodiment in which a C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate is used as a monomer component constituting an acrylic polymer, the content of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of effectively obtaining the effect of using the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate, in some embodiments, the content of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is usually about 1% by weight or more, for example, 10% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, or 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight). In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into the polymer or obtaining the effects of other copolymerizable monomers, the content of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate is about 99% by weight or less, may be 90% by weight or less, may be about 70% by weight or less, may be 50% by weight or less (for example, less than 50% by weight), may be 30% by weight or less, may be 10% by weight or less, may be 1% by weight or less, or may be 0.1% by weight or less. The monomer component may be substantially free of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate.

 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、上記アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよび鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレート以外の他のモノマーを含むことが好ましい。そのような他のモノマーは、アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートや鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートと共重合可能なモノマー(共重合性モノマー)であり得る。上記他のモノマーは、例えば、ポリマーへのエチレン性不飽和基の導入のために用いられ得る。上記他のモノマーとしては、極性基(例えば、カルボキシ基、水酸基、窒素原子含有環等)を有するモノマーを好適に使用することができる。極性基を有するモノマーは、アクリル系ポリマーに架橋点を導入したり、粘着剤の凝集力を高めたりするために役立ち得る。他のモノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some embodiments, the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer preferably contain other monomers other than the above alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and linear alkyl (meth)acrylate. Such other monomers may be monomers (copolymerizable monomers) that are copolymerizable with the alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and linear alkyl (meth)acrylate. The other monomers may be used, for example, to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated group into the polymer. As the other monomers, monomers having a polar group (e.g., a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, etc.) may be preferably used. The monomers having a polar group may be useful for introducing crosslinking points into the acrylic polymer or for increasing the cohesive strength of the adhesive. The other monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 他のモノマーとしては、例えば、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、酸無水物基含有モノマー、水酸基含有モノマー、アミド基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー、スルホン酸基またはリン酸基を含有するモノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー、シアノ基含有モノマー、イソシアネート基含有モノマー、スクシンイミド骨格を有するモノマー、マレイミド類、イタコンイミド類、(メタ)アクリル酸アミノアルキル類、アルコキシシリル基含有モノマー、ビニルエステル類、ビニルエーテル類、芳香族ビニル化合物、オレフィン類、脂環式炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、芳香族炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、その他、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリル等の複素環含有(メタ)アクリレート、塩化ビニルやフッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリレート等のハロゲン原子含有(メタ)アクリレート、シリコーン(メタ)アクリレート等のケイ素原子含有(メタ)アクリレート、テルペン化合物誘導体アルコールから得られる(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等を用いることができる。 Other monomers that can be used include, for example, carboxyl group-containing monomers, acid anhydride group-containing monomers, hydroxyl group-containing monomers, amide group-containing monomers, amino group-containing monomers, monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, monomers containing a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group, epoxy group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, monomers having a succinimide skeleton, maleimides, itaconimides, aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates, alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers, vinyl esters, vinyl ethers, aromatic vinyl compounds, olefins, (meth)acrylic acid esters having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, (meth)acrylic acid esters having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and other heterocyclic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, halogen atom-containing (meth)acrylates such as vinyl chloride and fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylates, silicon atom-containing (meth)acrylates such as silicone (meth)acrylates, and (meth)acrylic acid esters obtained from alcohols derived from terpene compounds.

 上記のような他のモノマーを使用する場合、その使用量は特に限定されないが、モノマー成分全体の1重量%以上とすることが適当である。他のモノマーの使用効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、他のモノマーの使用量をモノマー成分全体の10重量%以上としてもよく、20重量%以上としてもよく、30重量%以上としてもよい。また、粘着特性のバランスをとりやすくする観点から、他のモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の60重量%以下とすることが適当であり、50重量%以下(例えば50重量%未満)とすることが好ましく、45重量%以下であってもよい。 When using other monomers such as those mentioned above, the amount used is not particularly limited, but it is appropriate that it is 1 weight % or more of the total monomer components. From the viewpoint of better exerting the effect of using the other monomers, the amount of the other monomers used may be 10 weight % or more of the total monomer components, 20 weight % or more, or 30 weight % or more. Also, from the viewpoint of making it easier to balance the adhesive properties, it is appropriate that the amount of the other monomers used is 60 weight % or less of the total monomer components, and it is preferably 50 weight % or less (for example, less than 50 weight %), and may be 45 weight % or less.

 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、窒素原子を有するモノマーを含む。窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用により、粘着剤の凝集力を高め、接着力を好ましく向上させ得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーとしては、例えばアミド基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーを用いることができる。窒素原子を有するモノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer includes a monomer having a nitrogen atom. The use of a monomer having a nitrogen atom can increase the cohesive strength of the adhesive and favorably improve the adhesive strength. As the monomer having a nitrogen atom, for example, an amide group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, or a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring can be used. The monomer having a nitrogen atom can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 窒素原子を有するモノマーの非限定的な具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。
 アミド基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド;N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジイソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(n-ブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(t-ブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-エチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-n-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-モノアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-ビニルアセトアミド等のN-ビニルカルボン酸アミド類;水酸基とアミド基とを有するモノマー、例えば、N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(1-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;アルコキシ基とアミド基とを有するモノマー、例えば、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;その他、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、アルコキシダイアセトン(メタ)アクリルアミド、ビニルホルムアミド、ビニルアセトアミド等。
 アミノ基含有モノマー:例えばアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート。
 窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー:例えば、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルピペリドン、N-ビニルピリミジン、N-ビニルピペラジン、N-ビニルピラジン、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニルオキサゾール、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-2-ピロリドン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルピペリジン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルピロリジン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン、N-ビニルモルホリン、N-ビニル-3-モルホリノン、N-ビニル-2-カプロラクタム、N-ビニル-1,3-オキサジン-2-オン、N-ビニル-3,5-モルホリンジオン、N-ビニルピラゾール、N-ビニルイソオキサゾール、N-ビニルチアゾール、N-ビニルイソチアゾール、N-ビニルピリダジン等(例えば、N-ビニル-2-カプロラクタム等のラクタム類)。
Non-limiting examples of monomers having a nitrogen atom include the following:
Amide group-containing monomers: for example, (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dipropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diisopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-di(n-butyl)(meth)acrylamide, and N,N-di(t-butyl)(meth)acrylamide; N-monoalkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N-butyl(meth)acrylamide, and N-n-butyl(meth)acrylamide; N-vinyl carboxylic acid amides such as N-vinylacetamide; monomers having a hydroxyl group and an amide group, for example, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxyalkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N-(1-hydroxypropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(3-hydroxypropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(3-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide, and N-(4-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide; monomers having an alkoxy group and an amide group, for example, N-alkoxyalkyl(meth)acrylamide such as N-methoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-methoxyethyl(meth)acrylamide, and N-butoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide; and others such as N,N-dimethylaminopropyl(meth)acrylamide, alkoxydiacetone(meth)acrylamide, vinylformamide, and vinylacetamide.
Amino group-containing monomers: for example, aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, t-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.
Monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring: for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpiperazine, N-vinylpyrazine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole, N-(meth)acryloyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylpiperidine, N-(meth)acryloylpyrrolidone N-vinyl morpholine, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, N-vinyl morpholine, N-vinyl-3-morpholinone, N-vinyl-2-caprolactam, N-vinyl-1,3-oxazin-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-morpholinedione, N-vinyl pyrazole, N-vinyl isoxazole, N-vinyl thiazole, N-vinyl isothiazole, N-vinyl pyridazine, and the like (for example, lactams such as N-vinyl-2-caprolactam).

 窒素原子を有するモノマーの一好適例として、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーが挙げられる。なかでも、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン(NVP)、N-アクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)が好ましい。 A suitable example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring. Among these, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone (NVP) and N-acryloylmorpholine (ACMO) are preferred.

 窒素原子を有するモノマー(好ましくは窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)の使用量は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分中の窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、1重量%以上であってもよく、3重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマー成分中の窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、5重量%以上であり、より好ましくは7重量%以上、さらに好ましくは9重量%以上であり、10重量%以上であってもよく、12重量%以上でもよく、14重量%以上でもよい。窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量が多くなるほど、粘着剤の凝集力は向上する傾向がある。また、いくつかの態様において、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、35重量%以下としてもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマー成分中の窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、30重量%以下であり、より好ましくは25重量%以下、さらに好ましくは20重量%以下であり、18重量%以下であってもよい。 The amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom (preferably a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring) used is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used in the monomer component may be 1% by weight or more, or may be 3% by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used in the monomer component is 5% by weight or more, more preferably 7% by weight or more, even more preferably 9% by weight or more, or may be 10% by weight or more, or may be 12% by weight or more, or may be 14% by weight or more. The more the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used, the more the cohesive strength of the adhesive tends to improve. In some embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used is suitably, for example, 40% by weight or less of the entire monomer component, and may be 35% by weight or less. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used in the monomer component is 30% by weight or less, more preferably 25% by weight or less, even more preferably 20% by weight or less, or may be 18% by weight or less.

 いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分は、水酸基含有モノマーを含む。水酸基含有モノマーの使用により、粘着剤の凝集力や架橋密度を調整し、接着力を向上させ得る。また、水酸基含有モノマーは、ポリマーにエチレン性不飽和基を導入する手段としても好ましく用いられ得る。水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシラウリル、(4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロへキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル等を用いることができる。例えばアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(HEA)やアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル(4HBA)を好ましく採用し得る。水酸基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the monomer component includes a hydroxyl group-containing monomer. The use of a hydroxyl group-containing monomer can adjust the cohesive strength and crosslink density of the adhesive, improving the adhesive strength. In addition, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer can be preferably used as a means of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into a polymer. Examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers that can be used include hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, and (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate. For example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) can be preferably used. The hydroxyl group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 水酸基含有モノマーを使用する場合における使用量は特に制限されず、例えばモノマー成分全体の0.01重量%以上であってよく、0.1重量%以上でもよく、0.5重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、水酸基含有モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の1重量%以上であり、より好ましくは2重量%以上であり、3重量%以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水酸基含有モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の5重量%以上であり、より好ましくは7重量%以上、さらに好ましくは10重量%以上であり、特に好ましくは12重量%以上である。このような水酸基含有モノマー量は、ポリマーにエチレン性不飽和基を導入する手段として水酸基含有モノマーを使用する場合に好適である。また、いくつかの態様において、水酸基含有モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、好ましくは30重量%以下、より好ましくは20重量%以下、さらに好ましくは15重量%以下である。 When a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is used, the amount used is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the total monomer components. In some embodiments, the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 1% by weight or more of the total monomer components, more preferably 2% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 5% by weight or more of the total monomer components, more preferably 7% by weight or more, even more preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 12% by weight or more. Such an amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is suitable when the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is used as a means for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into the polymer. In some embodiments, the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is, for example, 40% by weight or less of the total monomer components, and is preferably 30% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less, and even more preferably 15% by weight or less.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系ポリマーのモノマー成分は、極性基を有するモノマー(極性基含有モノマー)として、窒素原子を有するモノマー(例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド等のアミド基含有モノマー、NVP、ACMO等の窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)と、水酸基含有モノマー(例えばHEA、4HBA)とを併用する。これにより、接着力と凝集力とをバランスよく両立することができる。窒素原子を有するモノマーと水酸基含有モノマーとを併用する態様において、窒素原子を有するモノマーの量Aと水酸基含有モノマーの量AOHとの重量比(A/AOH)は特に限定されず、例えば0.1以上であってもよく、0.5以上でもよく、1.0以上でもよく、1.2以上でもよく、1.5以上でもよく、1.8以上でもよい。また、上記重量比(A/AOH)は、例えば10以下であってもよく、5以下でもよく、3以下でもよく、2.5以下でもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is a monomer having a polar group (polar group-containing monomer) that is a combination of a monomer having a nitrogen atom (e.g., an amide group-containing monomer such as (meth)acrylamide, a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring such as NVP or ACMO) and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer (e.g., HEA, 4HBA). This allows for a good balance between adhesive strength and cohesive strength. In an embodiment in which a monomer having a nitrogen atom and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer are used in combination, the weight ratio (A N /A OH ) of the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom A N to the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer A OH is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 1.0 or more, 1.2 or more, 1.5 or more, or 1.8 or more. The weight ratio (A N /A OH ) may be, for example, 10 or less, 5 or less, 3 or less, or 2.5 or less.

 いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分は、カルボキシ基含有モノマーを含んでよい。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの非限定的な例としては、アクリル酸(AA)、メタクリル酸(MAA)、カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルボキシペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸等が挙げられる。好適例としては、AAおよびMAAが挙げられる。カルボキシ基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。例えば、AAとMAAとを併用してもよい。 In some embodiments, the monomer component may include a carboxy group-containing monomer. Non-limiting examples of carboxy group-containing monomers include acrylic acid (AA), methacrylic acid (MAA), carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and the like. Preferred examples include AA and MAA. The carboxy group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. For example, AA and MAA may be used in combination.

 カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量は、例えば、モノマー成分全体の0.01重量%以上であってよく、0.1重量%以上でもよく、1重量%以上でもよく、3重量%以上でもよく、6重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が多いほど、粘着剤の凝集力は向上する傾向がある。上記カルボキシ基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば20重量%以下であってよく、10重量%以下でもよく、3重量%以下でもよく、1重量%以下(例えば1重量%未満)でもよく、0.1重量%以下でもよい。上記モノマー成分は、カルボキシ基含有モノマーを実質的に含有しないものであってもよい。 The amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 6% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more of the total monomer components. The greater the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used, the greater the tendency for the adhesive to have improved cohesive strength. The proportion of the carboxyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less (for example, less than 1% by weight), or 0.1% by weight or less. The monomer components may be substantially free of the carboxyl group-containing monomer.

 また、ポリマーとして、後述するエチレン性不飽和基を有するアクリル系ポリマーを用いる場合には、他のモノマーとして、後述するエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物の官能基(官能基B)と反応し得る官能基(官能基A)を有するモノマーを用いることが好ましい。この態様において、他のモノマーの種類は上記化合物種によって決定される。官能基Aを有する他のモノマーとしては、例えば、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー、水酸基含有モノマー、イソシアネート基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーが特に好ましい。他のモノマーとして水酸基含有モノマーを用いることで、アクリル系ポリマーは水酸基を有する。これに対して、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物として、例えばイソシアネート基含有モノマーを用いることで、上記アクリル系ポリマーの水酸基と上記化合物のイソシアネート基とが反応し、上記化合物に由来するエチレン性不飽和基がアクリル系ポリマーに導入される。 In addition, when an acrylic polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group, which will be described later, is used as the polymer, it is preferable to use, as the other monomer, a monomer having a functional group (functional group A) that can react with a functional group (functional group B) of a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, which will be described later. In this embodiment, the type of the other monomer is determined by the above-mentioned compound type. As the other monomer having functional group A, for example, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an epoxy group-containing monomer, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, or an isocyanate group-containing monomer is preferable, and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is particularly preferable. By using a hydroxyl group-containing monomer as the other monomer, the acrylic polymer has a hydroxyl group. On the other hand, by using, for example, an isocyanate group-containing monomer as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer reacts with the isocyanate group of the compound, and the ethylenically unsaturated group derived from the compound is introduced into the acrylic polymer.

 また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物との反応を目的として他のモノマーを使用する場合、上記他のモノマー(好ましくは水酸基含有モノマー)の量は、粘着剤の硬化性や、凝集力等の粘着特性の観点から、全モノマー成分中の凡そ1重量%以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは凡そ5重量%以上、より好ましくは凡そ10重量%以上であり、凡そ12重量%以上であってもよい。また、接着力等の粘着特性を良好に保つ観点から、上記他のモノマーの量は、全モノマー成分中の凡そ40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、好ましくは凡そ30重量%以下、より好ましくは凡そ25重量%以下であり、凡そ20重量%以下(例えば15重量%以下)であってもよい。 When using other monomers for the purpose of reacting with a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the amount of the other monomers (preferably hydroxyl group-containing monomers) is appropriately set to about 1% by weight or more of the total monomer components from the viewpoint of adhesive properties such as curability and cohesive strength of the adhesive, and is preferably about 5% by weight or more, more preferably about 10% by weight or more, and may be about 12% by weight or more. Also, from the viewpoint of maintaining good adhesive properties such as adhesive strength, the amount of the other monomers is appropriately set to about 40% by weight or less of the total monomer components, and is preferably about 30% by weight or less, more preferably about 25% by weight or less, and may be about 20% by weight or less (e.g., 15% by weight or less).

 アクリル系ポリマーは、他のモノマー成分として、(メタ)アクリロイル基やビニル基等のエチレン性不飽和基を少なくとも2つ有する多官能モノマーを含んでもよい。モノマー成分として、多官能モノマーを用いることにより、粘着剤の凝集力を高めることができる。多官能モノマーは、架橋剤として用いることができる。多官能モノマーとしては、特に限定されず、例えば、後述の粘着剤層に含まれる配合モノマーとして例示したもののなから、適当なものを1種を単独でまたは2種上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 The acrylic polymer may contain, as another monomer component, a polyfunctional monomer having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups, such as a (meth)acryloyl group or a vinyl group. By using a polyfunctional monomer as a monomer component, the cohesive strength of the adhesive can be increased. The polyfunctional monomer can be used as a crosslinking agent. There are no particular limitations on the polyfunctional monomer, and for example, one or more suitable monomers from those exemplified as blended monomers contained in the adhesive layer described below can be used alone or in combination.

 多官能モノマーの使用量は特に限定されず、該多官能モノマーの使用目的が達成されるように適切に設定することができる。多官能モノマーの使用量は、上記モノマー成分の凡そ3重量%以下とすることができ、凡そ2重量%以下が好ましく、凡そ1重量%以下(例えば凡そ0.5重量%以下)がより好ましい。多官能モノマーを使用する場合における使用量の下限は、0重量%より大きければよく、特に限定されない。通常は、多官能モノマーの使用量をモノマー成分の凡そ0.001重量%以上(例えば凡そ0.01重量%以上)とすることにより、該多官能モノマーの使用効果が適切に発揮され得る。 The amount of polyfunctional monomer used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set so that the purpose of using the polyfunctional monomer is achieved. The amount of polyfunctional monomer used can be about 3% by weight or less of the monomer component, preferably about 2% by weight or less, and more preferably about 1% by weight or less (e.g., about 0.5% by weight or less). When using a polyfunctional monomer, the lower limit of the amount used is not particularly limited as long as it is greater than 0% by weight. Usually, the effect of using the polyfunctional monomer can be appropriately achieved by setting the amount of polyfunctional monomer used to about 0.001% by weight or more of the monomer component (e.g., about 0.01% by weight or more).

 アクリル系ポリマーを得る方法は特に限定されず、溶液重合法、エマルション重合法、バルク重合法、懸濁重合法、光重合法等の、アクリル系ポリマーの合成手法として知られている各種の重合方法を適宜採用することができる。例えば、溶液重合法を好ましく採用し得る。溶液重合を行う際のモノマー供給方法としては、全モノマー原料を一度に供給する一括仕込み方式、連続供給(滴下)方式、分割供給(滴下)方式等を適宜採用することができる。重合温度は、使用するモノマーおよび溶媒の種類、重合開始剤の種類等に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば20℃~170℃程度(典型的には40℃~140℃程度)とすることができる。 The method for obtaining the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods known as methods for synthesizing acrylic polymers, such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization, can be appropriately adopted. For example, solution polymerization can be preferably adopted. As a monomer supply method when performing solution polymerization, a lump-sum charging method in which all monomer raw materials are supplied at once, a continuous supply (dropping) method, a divided supply (dropping) method, and the like can be appropriately adopted. The polymerization temperature can be appropriately selected depending on the type of monomer and solvent used, the type of polymerization initiator, and the like, and can be, for example, about 20°C to 170°C (typically about 40°C to 140°C).

 溶液重合に用いる溶媒(重合溶媒)は、従来公知の有機溶媒から適宜選択することができる。例えば、トルエン等の芳香族化合物類(典型的には芳香族炭化水素類);酢酸エチル等の酢酸エステル類;ヘキサンやシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族または脂環式炭化水素類;1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化アルカン類;イソプロピルアルコール等の低級アルコール類(例えば、炭素原子数1~4の一価アルコール類);tert-ブチルメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン等のケトン類;等から選択されるいずれか1種の溶媒、または2種以上の混合溶媒を用いることができる。 The solvent (polymerization solvent) used in solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, any one of the following solvents or a mixture of two or more solvents can be used: aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetate esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc.

 重合に用いる開始剤は、重合方法の種類に応じて、従来公知の重合開始剤から適宜選択することができる。例えば、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばアゾ系重合開始剤、過酸化物系重合開始剤、過酸化物と還元剤との組合せによるレドックス系重合開始剤、置換エタン系重合開始剤等を使用することができる。重合開始剤としては、例えば、後述の粘着剤層に添加されるラジカル重合開始剤(例えば熱重合開始剤)として例示したものの1種または2種以上を選定して用いることができる。 The initiator used for polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known polymerization initiators depending on the type of polymerization method. For example, but not limited to, azo-based polymerization initiators, peroxide-based polymerization initiators, redox-based polymerization initiators formed by combining peroxides with reducing agents, substituted ethane-based polymerization initiators, etc. can be used. As the polymerization initiator, for example, one or more of the radical polymerization initiators (e.g., thermal polymerization initiators) exemplified below to be added to the adhesive layer can be selected and used.

 上記重合開始剤の使用量は、重合方法や重合態様等に応じた通常の使用量とすることができ、特に限定されない。例えば、重合対象の全モノマー成分100重量部に対して重合開始剤凡そ0.001~5重量部(典型的には凡そ0.01~2重量部、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部)を用いることができる。 The amount of the polymerization initiator used is not particularly limited and may be a normal amount depending on the polymerization method and polymerization mode. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, e.g., about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) of the polymerization initiator can be used per 100 parts by weight of the total monomer components to be polymerized.

 (エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマー)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層は、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等のエチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーを含む。エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーを含む粘着剤によると、ポリマーが有するエチレン性不飽和基が加熱時に、あるいは活性エネルギー線の照射等により反応し、粘着剤を高い硬化度で硬化させることができ、優れた易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性や耐熱易剥離性)を得ることができる。また、エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーを含む粘着剤によると、粘着剤層にモノマー(配合モノマー)を含ませる態様においては、配合モノマーの使用量を制限しつつ、十分な易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性や耐熱易剥離性)を実現することができる。
(Polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group)
In some embodiments, the adhesive layer comprises a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group such as an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group, or an allyl group. According to the adhesive containing the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the ethylenically unsaturated group of the polymer reacts when heated or by irradiation with active energy rays, etc., and the adhesive can be cured to a high degree of curing, and excellent peelability (e.g., heat peelability and heat resistance peelability) can be obtained. In addition, according to the adhesive containing the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains a monomer (compounded monomer), sufficient peelability (e.g., heat peelability and heat resistance peelability) can be realized while limiting the amount of the compounded monomer used.

 いくつかの態様において、エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーとして、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有するポリマーが用いられる。エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーのモノマー成分としては、上記ポリマーのモノマー成分として例示した1種または2種以上を、上記含有量の範囲で用いることができる。 In some embodiments, a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is used as the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group. As the monomer component of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group, one or more of the monomer components exemplified for the above polymer can be used in the above content range.

 エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和基の量は、特に限定されず、硬化性等の観点から、ポリマー1g当たり0.01mmol(以下、mmol/gともいう。)以上とすることが適当であり、0.1mmol/g以上であってもよく、0.5mmol/g以上でもよい。また、上記ポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和基の量は、10.0mmol/g以下とすることが適当であり、5.0mmol/g以下であってもよく、3.0mmol/g以下でもよく、2.5mmol/g以下でもよく、2.0mmol/g以下でもよい。 The amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups in a polymer having ethylenically unsaturated groups is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of curability, etc., it is appropriate to make it 0.01 mmol per 1 g of polymer (hereinafter also referred to as mmol/g) or more, and it may be 0.1 mmol/g or more, or 0.5 mmol/g or more. In addition, the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups in the above polymer is appropriate to be 10.0 mmol/g or less, and may be 5.0 mmol/g or less, 3.0 mmol/g or less, 2.5 mmol/g or less, or 2.0 mmol/g or less.

 ポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和基の量は、例えば、エチレン性不飽和基が(メタ)アクリロイル基である場合は、以下の方法により測定する。
 まず、測定対象であるポリマー0.25mgをTHF(tetrahydrofuran)50mLに溶解させ、さらにメタノール15mLを添加し、溶液を得る。次いで、上記溶液に、4N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を10mL加え、混合液を得る。次いで、上記混合液を液温40℃にて2時間攪拌する。さらに、上記混合液に4Nメタンスルホン酸溶液を10.2mL加え、攪拌する。これに、脱塩水を5mL加え、続けてメタノールを2mL加え、測定溶液を調製する。
 測定溶液中の(メタ)アクリル酸の含有量を、HPLC(High Performance Liquid Chromatography)法(絶対検量線法)により測定し、エチレン性不飽和基の含有量を計算する。
 (HPLC測定条件)
  カラム:Phenomenex社製Synergi 4μ Polar-RP 80A(4.6mm×250mm)
  カラム温度:40℃
  流速:1.0mL/min
  検出器波長:210nm
  溶離液:THF(HPLC用)55/バッファー水(0.2%リン酸、0.2%トリエチルアミン含有)45
  水溶液注入量:5μL
The amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group in the polymer is measured by the following method, for example, when the ethylenically unsaturated group is a (meth)acryloyl group.
First, 0.25 mg of the polymer to be measured is dissolved in 50 mL of THF (tetrahydrofuran), and 15 mL of methanol is added to obtain a solution. Next, 10 mL of 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to the above solution to obtain a mixed solution. Next, the above mixed solution is stirred at a liquid temperature of 40° C. for 2 hours. Furthermore, 10.2 mL of 4N methanesulfonic acid solution is added to the above mixed solution and stirred. 5 mL of demineralized water is added to this, followed by 2 mL of methanol to prepare a measurement solution.
The content of (meth)acrylic acid in the measurement solution is measured by HPLC (High Performance Liquid Chromatography) (absolute calibration curve method), and the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups is calculated.
(HPLC measurement conditions)
Column: Phenomenex Synergi 4μ Polar-RP 80A (4.6 mm x 250 mm)
Column temperature: 40°C
Flow rate: 1.0mL/min
Detector wavelength: 210 nm
Eluent: THF (for HPLC) 55/buffer water (containing 0.2% phosphoric acid and 0.2% triethylamine) 45
Aqueous solution injection volume: 5 μL

 (メタ)アクリロイル基以外のエチレン性不飽和基の含有量を測定する方法としては、JIS K2605:1996に準拠して臭素価を測定する方法が挙げられる。この測定方法において、(メタ)アクリロイル基以外のエチレン性不飽和基の含有量は、測定対象であるポリマー100gに付加した臭素(Br2)のグラム数から、ポリマー1gに付加した臭素(Br2)のモル数に変換することにより求められる。 An example of a method for measuring the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups other than (meth)acryloyl groups is a method for measuring the bromine number in accordance with JIS K2605: 1996. In this measurement method, the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups other than (meth)acryloyl groups is determined by converting the number of grams of bromine ( Br2 ) added to 100 g of the polymer to be measured into the number of moles of bromine ( Br2 ) added to 1 g of the polymer.

 ポリマーへのエチレン性不飽和基の導入方法は特に限定されず、当業者に公知の方法のなかから適切な方法が選択され得る。分子設計等の観点から、ポリマーの側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を導入する方法が好ましい。例えば、アクリル系ポリマー中に共重合によって導入された官能基(官能基A)と反応し得る官能基(官能基B)とエチレン性不飽和基とを有する化合物を、エチレン性不飽和基が消失しないように反応(典型的には縮合、付加反応)させる方法を好ましく採用することができる。官能基Aと官能基Bとの組合せの例としては、カルボキシ基とエポキシ基との組合せ、カルボキシ基とアジリジル基との組合せ、水酸基とイソシアネート基との組合せ等が挙げられる。なかでも、反応追跡性の観点から、水酸基とイソシアネート基との組合せが好ましい。ポリマー設計等の観点から、アクリル系ポリマーが水酸基を有し、上記化合物がイソシアネート基を有する組合せが特に好ましい。 The method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into a polymer is not particularly limited, and an appropriate method can be selected from among methods known to those skilled in the art. From the viewpoint of molecular design, etc., a method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated group into a side chain of a polymer is preferable. For example, a method of reacting (typically condensation, addition reaction) a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a functional group (functional group B) that can react with a functional group (functional group A) introduced into an acrylic polymer by copolymerization, so that the ethylenically unsaturated group does not disappear, can be preferably adopted. Examples of combinations of functional group A and functional group B include a combination of a carboxy group and an epoxy group, a combination of a carboxy group and an aziridyl group, and a combination of a hydroxyl group and an isocyanate group. Among them, a combination of a hydroxyl group and an isocyanate group is preferable from the viewpoint of reaction traceability. From the viewpoint of polymer design, etc., a combination in which the acrylic polymer has a hydroxyl group and the above compound has an isocyanate group is particularly preferable.

 上記エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、上述のように、官能基Aと反応し得る官能基Bを有し得る。そのような化合物の好適例として、例えば、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート等のイソシアネート基含有モノマー(イソシアネート基含有化合物)が挙げられる。なかでも、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートがより好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基を有するイソシアネート基含有化合物のイソシアネート基とアクリル系ポリマーの水酸基とが反応して結合(具体的にはウレタン結合)することにより、エチレン性不飽和基を有するアクリル系ポリマーを得ることができる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may have a functional group B capable of reacting with functional group A, as described above. Suitable examples of such compounds include isocyanate group-containing monomers (isocyanate group-containing compounds) such as 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate. Of these, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate is more preferred. An acrylic polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be obtained by reacting the isocyanate group of the isocyanate group-containing compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer to form a bond (specifically a urethane bond).

 上記エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(例えばイソシアネート基含有モノマー)の添加量は、特に限定するものではないが、ポリマー中の官能基A(例えば水酸基)との反応性の観点から、上記官能基Aのモル(M)と官能基B(イソシアネート基)のモル(M)とのモル比(M/M)が0.5~2(例えば1~1.5)程度の範囲となるよう設定され得る。 The amount of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (e.g., an isocyanate group-containing monomer) added is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of reactivity with the functional group A (e.g., a hydroxyl group) in the polymer, the molar ratio (M A /M B ) of the moles of the functional group A (M A ) to the moles of the functional group B ( isocyanate group) (M B ) may be set in the range of about 0.5 to 2 (e.g., 1 to 1.5).

 ポリマーとして、エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーを用いる態様において、粘着剤層中のエチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーの含有量は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーの使用量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー)全体の凡そ10重量%以上とすることが適当であり、50重量%以上程度(例えば50重量%超)であってもよく、70重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよく、99~100重量%でもよい。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層に含まれるベースポリマーは、実質的に、エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーからなるものであり得る。 In embodiments in which a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is used as the polymer, the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the amount of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group used is suitably about 10% by weight or more of the total polymer (specifically, base polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and may be about 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight), 70% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, 95% by weight or more, or 99 to 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the base polymer contained in the adhesive layer may consist essentially of a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group.

 また、他のいくつかの態様において、ポリマーとして、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等のエチレン性不飽和基を実質的に有しないポリマー(エチレン性不飽和基の量が0.01mmol/g未満)を用いてもよい。かかるポリマーの使用量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー)全体の凡そ10重量%以上とすることが適当であり、50重量%以上程度(例えば50重量%超)であってもよく、70重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよく、99~100重量%でもよい。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層に含まれるベースポリマーは、実質的に、エチレン性不飽和基を実質的に有しないポリマーからなるものであり得る。 In some other embodiments, the polymer may be a polymer that is substantially free of ethylenically unsaturated groups such as acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and allyl groups (the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups is less than 0.01 mmol/g). The amount of such polymer used is suitably about 10% by weight or more of the entire polymer (specifically, base polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and may be about 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight), 70% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, 95% by weight or more, or 99 to 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the base polymer contained in the adhesive layer may be substantially composed of a polymer that is substantially free of ethylenically unsaturated groups.

 ポリマー(例えばアクリル系ポリマー)の分子量は、特に制限されず、要求性能等に合わせて適当な範囲に設定し得る。上記ポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、凡そ1×10以上であることが適当であり、例えば凡そ10×10以上であってよい。所定値以上のMwを有するポリマーを用いることで、凝集力と接着力とがバランスよく両立され得る。いくつかの態様において、上記Mwは、耐熱性や良好な接着性を得る観点から、20×10以上であってもよく、30×10以上でもよく、凡そ40×10以上でもよく、凡そ50×10以上でもよく、例えば凡そ55×10以上でもよい。上記ポリマーのMwの上限は、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ1000×10以下であってもよく、凡そ100×10以下でもよい。ここでMwとは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により得られた標準ポリスチレン換算の値をいう。GPC装置としては、例えば機種名「HLC-8320GPC」(カラム:TSKgelGMH-H(S)、東ソー社製)を使用すればよい。 The molecular weight of the polymer (e.g., acrylic polymer) is not particularly limited and can be set in an appropriate range according to the required performance. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer is suitably about 1×10 4 or more, for example, about 10×10 4 or more. By using a polymer having a Mw of a predetermined value or more, the cohesive force and the adhesive force can be well balanced. In some embodiments, the Mw may be 20×10 4 or more, 30×10 4 or more, about 40×10 4 or more, about 50×10 4 or more, for example, about 55×10 4 or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining heat resistance and good adhesiveness. The upper limit of the Mw of the polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 1000×10 4 or less, or about 100×10 4 or less. Here, Mw refers to a value calculated in terms of standard polystyrene obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). As the GPC device, for example, a model named "HLC-8320GPC" (column: TSKgelGMH-H(S), manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) may be used.

 (モノマー)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層は、上記ポリマーに加えて、モノマー(配合モノマー)を含有することが好ましい。上記モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和基を有する。上記モノマーのエチレン性不飽和基は、重合性官能基(典型的にはラジカル重合性官能基)として機能する。粘着剤層に上記モノマーを含ませることにより、上記モノマーは、粘着剤層中に、反応前(未反応)の状態で含まれる。これにより、粘着剤層形成後、粘着剤層に含まれる上記モノマーは、所定条件の加熱処理時に、あるいは活性エネルギー線の照射等により反応し、接着力を低下させ、易剥離性(例えば、加熱易剥離性)を実現することができる。例えば、粘着剤層を熱硬化性粘着剤として設計する場合、上記モノマーを含ませることにより、加熱処理後も耐熱易剥離性を有する熱硬化性粘着剤を形成することができる。より具体的には、通常、粘着剤は、被着体に貼り付けられた状態で例えば高温で加熱されると、被着体表面に吸着する。そのため、被着体に対する粘着剤の接着力が強まり、重剥離化してしまう。例えば、粘着剤中に、モノマーを熱重合開始剤(例えば過酸化物系重合開始剤)とともに含ませる態様においては、加熱時にモノマーと熱重合開始剤との反応(ラジカル重合反応)が速やかに進行し、粘着剤の被着体への吸着よりも先行して粘着剤を硬化させることができる。これにより、被着体に対する接着力を低下させることができる。さらに、その後加熱が継続しても、粘着剤の被着体に対する接着力は上昇せず、所定の範囲内に維持されるため、粘着剤は、優れた加熱易剥離性を発揮するものとなり得る。なお、ここに開示される技術は、上記の考察に限定されるものではない。上記モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(monomer)
In some embodiments, the adhesive layer preferably contains a monomer (a blended monomer) in addition to the polymer. The monomer has an ethylenically unsaturated group. The ethylenically unsaturated group of the monomer functions as a polymerizable functional group (typically a radically polymerizable functional group). By including the monomer in the adhesive layer, the monomer is included in the adhesive layer in a pre-reacted (unreacted) state. As a result, after the adhesive layer is formed, the monomer included in the adhesive layer reacts during heat treatment under predetermined conditions or by irradiation with active energy rays, etc., to reduce the adhesive force and realize easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating). For example, when the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive, the monomer can be included to form a thermosetting adhesive that has heat resistance and easy peelability even after heat treatment. More specifically, usually, when the adhesive is attached to an adherend and heated, for example, at a high temperature, it is adsorbed to the surface of the adherend. Therefore, the adhesive strength to the adherend is strengthened, resulting in heavy peeling. For example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive contains a monomer together with a thermal polymerization initiator (e.g., a peroxide-based polymerization initiator), the reaction (radical polymerization reaction) between the monomer and the thermal polymerization initiator proceeds rapidly upon heating, and the adhesive can be cured prior to the adhesive being adsorbed to the adherend. This can reduce the adhesive strength to the adherend. Furthermore, even if heating is continued thereafter, the adhesive strength to the adherend does not increase and is maintained within a predetermined range, so that the adhesive can exhibit excellent heat peelability. The technology disclosed herein is not limited to the above considerations. The above monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 上記モノマーが有するエチレン性不飽和基の例には、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基およびアリル基が含まれるが、これらに限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基の好適例としては、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基が挙げられる。なかでもアクリロイル基が好ましい。以下、アクリロイル基および/またはメタクリロイル基を有する化合物をアクリル系モノマーということがある。また、ビニル基を有する化合物をビニル系モノマーということがある。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the above monomers include, but are not limited to, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and allyl groups. Suitable examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups include acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Of these, acryloyl groups are preferred. Hereinafter, compounds having acryloyl groups and/or methacryloyl groups may be referred to as acrylic monomers. Compounds having vinyl groups may be referred to as vinyl monomers.

 特に限定するものではないが、上記モノマーとしては、分子量が100以上のものを使用することが適当である。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマーの分子量は、例えば150以上であってもよく、250以上でもよく、300以上でもよく、350以上でもよく、400以上でもよく、450以上でもよく、500以上でもよい。また、上記モノマーの分子量は、通常、凡そ100000以下であり、例えば凡そ10000以下(例えば10000未満)が適当であり、5000以下(例えば5000未満)が好ましく、1500以下であってもよく、1000以下(例えば1000未満)でもよく、800以下でもよく、600以下でもよい。上記範囲の分子量を有する上記モノマーの使用は、例えば、粘着剤組成物の調製性や塗工性の点で有利となり得る。なお、上記分子量は、メーカー公称値または分子構造から算出される分子量である。所定以上の分子量を有する上記モノマーについては、GPCにより得られた標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)の値を採用してもよい。 Although not particularly limited, it is appropriate to use a monomer having a molecular weight of 100 or more as the above monomer. In some preferred embodiments, the molecular weight of the above monomer may be, for example, 150 or more, 250 or more, 300 or more, 350 or more, 400 or more, 450 or more, or 500 or more. The molecular weight of the above monomer is usually about 100,000 or less, for example, about 10,000 or less (e.g., less than 10,000) is appropriate, 5,000 or less (e.g., less than 5,000) is preferable, 1,500 or less, 1,000 or less (e.g., less than 1,000), 800 or less, or 600 or less. The use of the above monomer having a molecular weight in the above range can be advantageous, for example, in terms of the preparation and coatability of the adhesive composition. The above molecular weight is a molecular weight calculated from the manufacturer's nominal value or molecular structure. For the above monomers having a molecular weight equal to or greater than a certain value, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) calculated using standard polystyrene standards obtained by GPC may be used.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマーとして、10℃/分の昇温条件のTGA(熱重量分析)における180℃到達時の重量減少率が1%以下(具体的には1.0%以下)であるモノマーが用いられる。上記180℃加熱重量減少率が1%以下となる耐熱性を有するモノマー(以下、「耐熱性モノマー」ともいう。)を使用することにより、粘着剤層は、上記モノマー含有に基づく易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性)を有しつつ、加熱時のアウトガス発生が抑制される。上記耐熱性モノマーを使用することにより、例えば加熱易剥離性とアウトガス低減とを両立することができる。アウトガス低減の観点から、いくつかの好ましい態様において、耐熱性モノマーの180℃加熱重量減少率は、0.9%以下であり、より好ましくは0.8%以下、さらに好ましくは0.7%以下、特に好ましくは0.6%以下であり、0.5%以下であってもよい。耐熱性モノマーの180℃加熱重量減少率の下限値は、理論上0%であり、実用上0.1%以上であってもよく、0.2%以上でもよく、0.3%以上でもよい。耐熱性モノマーとしては、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(TMPTA、180℃到達時重量減少率1%)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(DPHA、180℃到達時重量減少率0.5%)が好ましく用いられる。耐熱性モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some preferred embodiments, the monomer has a weight loss rate of 1% or less (specifically, 1.0% or less) when reaching 180°C in TGA (thermogravimetric analysis) under a temperature rise condition of 10°C/min. By using a monomer having heat resistance with a weight loss rate of 1% or less at 180°C (hereinafter also referred to as "heat-resistant monomer"), the adhesive layer has easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating) based on the inclusion of the monomer, while suppressing outgas generation during heating. By using the heat-resistant monomer, for example, it is possible to achieve both easy peelability by heating and reduced outgassing. From the viewpoint of reducing outgassing, in some preferred embodiments, the weight loss rate of the heat-resistant monomer at 180°C is 0.9% or less, more preferably 0.8% or less, even more preferably 0.7% or less, particularly preferably 0.6% or less, and may be 0.5% or less. The lower limit of the weight loss rate of the heat-resistant monomer when heated to 180°C is theoretically 0%, and may be 0.1% or more in practice, 0.2% or more, or 0.3% or more. As the heat-resistant monomer, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TMPTA, weight loss rate when reaching 180°C is 1%) and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA, weight loss rate when reaching 180°C is 0.5%) are preferably used. The heat-resistant monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 上記モノマーの180℃加熱重量減少率は、具体的には、示差熱分析装置(TA Instruments社製、商品名「Discovery TGA」)を用い、昇温10℃/分、空気雰囲気下、流量25mL/分の測定条件にて測定することができる。 Specifically, the weight loss rate of the above monomer when heated to 180°C can be measured using a differential thermal analyzer (manufactured by TA Instruments, product name "Discovery TGA") under measurement conditions of a temperature rise of 10°C/min, in an air atmosphere, and at a flow rate of 25 mL/min.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマーとして多官能モノマーが用いられる。なお、本明細書において、多官能モノマーとは、一分子中に2個以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する重合性の化合物をいい、オリゴマーと称されるものも包含するものとする。以下、2個以上のアクリロイル基および/またはメタクリロイル基を有する化合物を多官能アクリル系モノマーということがある。また、2個以上のビニル基を有する化合物を多官能ビニル系モノマーということがある。 In some preferred embodiments, a polyfunctional monomer is used as the monomer. In this specification, a polyfunctional monomer refers to a polymerizable compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, and includes those called oligomers. Hereinafter, a compound having two or more acryloyl groups and/or methacryloyl groups may be referred to as a polyfunctional acrylic monomer. Also, a compound having two or more vinyl groups may be referred to as a polyfunctional vinyl monomer.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、多官能モノマー一分子に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の個数は、3以上であってもよく、好ましくは4以上、より好ましくは5以上であり、6以上であってもよい。多官能モノマーのエチレン性不飽和基の個数が多いほど、易剥離性が得られやすい傾向がある。例えば、粘着剤層を熱硬化性粘着剤として設計する場合、加熱時の硬化性がよく、加熱易剥離性が得られやすい傾向がある。また、エチレン性不飽和基(官能基)数がより多い多官能モノマーによると、相対的に少量の使用で易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性)を得ることができる。このことは、多官能モノマーに由来するアウトガス量の低減にも通じ、有利である。多官能モノマー一分子中のエチレン性不飽和基の個数の上限は、特定の範囲に限定されず、例えば50以下であってよく、40以下でもよく、30以下でもよく、20以下でもよく、15以下でもよい。いくつかの態様において、多官能モノマー一分子中のエチレン性不飽和基の個数は、例えば10以下であってもよく、8以下でもよく、6以下でもよい。上記のエチレン性不飽和基数を有する多官能モノマーによると、良好な接着性と易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性)とを両立しやすく、また保管安定性にも優れる傾向がある。 In some preferred embodiments, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the polyfunctional monomer may be 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and may be 6 or more. The more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the polyfunctional monomer, the easier it is to obtain peelability. For example, when the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive, it tends to have good curing properties when heated and to be easily peelable when heated. In addition, a polyfunctional monomer having a larger number of ethylenically unsaturated groups (functional groups) can be used to obtain easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability when heated) with a relatively small amount of use. This is advantageous because it also leads to a reduction in the amount of outgassing derived from the polyfunctional monomer. The upper limit of the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the polyfunctional monomer is not limited to a specific range, and may be, for example, 50 or less, 40 or less, 30 or less, 20 or less, or 15 or less. In some embodiments, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the polyfunctional monomer may be, for example, 10 or less, 8 or less, or 6 or less. Multifunctional monomers having the above number of ethylenically unsaturated groups tend to provide both good adhesion and easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability upon heating), and also tend to have excellent storage stability.

 多官能モノマーとしては、エチレン性不飽和基の個数が2以上の各種の多官能アクリレート系モノマーや、多官能ビニル系モノマーを使用することができる。なかでも、多官能アクリレート系モノマーを好ましく使用し得る。特に限定するものではないが、多官能アクリレート系モノマーは、アクリル系ポリマーと組み合わせて用いることにより、相溶性よく所望の特性を発現させやすい傾向がある。多官能アクリレート系モノマー、多官能ビニル系モノマーは、それぞれ1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 As the polyfunctional monomer, various polyfunctional acrylate monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups or polyfunctional vinyl monomers can be used. Among them, polyfunctional acrylate monomers can be preferably used. Although not particularly limited, polyfunctional acrylate monomers tend to be compatible and easily exhibit desired properties when used in combination with acrylic polymers. The polyfunctional acrylate monomers and polyfunctional vinyl monomers can each be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 多官能モノマーとしては、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,12-ドデカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキサイド変性ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキサイド変性ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチロールジシクロペンタジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジビニルベンゼン等の2官能モノマー;トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンプロポキシトリアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート等の3官能モノマー;ペンタエリスリトールアルコキシテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート等の4官能モノマー;ソルビトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート等の5官能モノマー;ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ソルビトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキサイド変性ヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の6官能モノマー;その他、2官能以上のエポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート等;が挙げられる。なかでも好ましい例として、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。そのなかでも、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが特に好ましい。  Multifunctional monomers include 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide modified bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide modified neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, dimethylol dicyclopentadi(meth)acrylate, vinyl (meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, etc. difunctional monomers such as trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethoxy tri(meth)acrylate, glycerin propoxy triacrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate; tetrafunctional monomers such as pentaerythritol alkoxy tetra(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate. pentafunctional monomers such as sorbitol penta(meth)acrylate and dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate; hexafunctional monomers such as dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, sorbitol hexa(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide modified hexa(meth)acrylate, and caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate; and di- or higher functional epoxy acrylates, polyester acrylates, and urethane acrylates. Among these, preferred examples include 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate. Of these, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate is particularly preferred.

 粘着剤層に多官能モノマーを含ませる態様において、粘着剤層中の多官能モノマーの含有量は、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、多官能モノマーの含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。好適にはアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、凡そ1重量部以上であってもよく、3重量部以上でもよい。多官能モノマーの適当量は、その分子量や官能基数等により異なり得るが、いくつかの好ましい態様において、多官能モノマーの含有量は、易剥離性向上(例えば加熱易剥離性向上)の観点から、5重量部以上であり、7重量部以上であってもよく、8重量部以上でもよく、9重量部以上でもよく、10重量部以上(例えば10重量部超)がより好ましく、15重量部以上がより好ましく、20重量部以上がより一層好ましく、25重量部以上がさらに好ましい。十分量の多官能モノマーを粘着剤層に含ませることにより、例えば、粘着剤層を熱硬化性粘着剤層として設計する場合、加熱時に、粘着剤層中に含まれる多官能モノマーが速やかに反応し、粘着剤層が熱硬化することで、加熱易剥離性を実現することができる。粘着剤層中の多官能モノマーの含有量の上限は特に限定されず、所望の粘着特性を実現するよう設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、ポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)との相溶性等の観点から、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの量は、凡そ200重量部以下とすることが適当であり、好ましくは160重量部以下、より好ましくは150重量部以下、さらに好ましくは140重量部以下であり、120重量部以下であってもよく、90重量部以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの量は、70重量部以下であってもよく、50重量部以下(例えば50重量部未満)でもよく、45重量部以下(例えば45重量部未満)でもよく、40重量部以下でもよく、35重量部以下でもよく、30重量部以下でもよく、25重量部以下でもよく、20重量部以下(例えば20重量部未満)でもよく、18重量部以下でもよく、15重量部以下でもよく、12重量部以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術によると、粘着剤層中のモノマー量が上記のように制限された組成で、所望の易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性)を好ましく実現することができる。また、多官能モノマーの使用量を制限することにより、多官能モノマーの反応後、多官能モノマーに由来する低分子量成分の発生が抑制され、かかる低分子量成分を原因とする被着体表面の汚染が防止され得る。 In the embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains a polyfunctional monomer, the content of the polyfunctional monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the content of the polyfunctional monomer may be approximately 1 part by weight or more, or 3 parts by weight or more, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer. The appropriate amount of the polyfunctional monomer may vary depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc., but in some preferred embodiments, the content of the polyfunctional monomer is 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts by weight or more, 8 parts by weight or more, or 9 parts by weight or more, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more (e.g., more than 10 parts by weight), more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 20 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of improving peelability (e.g., improving peelability by heating). By including a sufficient amount of polyfunctional monomer in the adhesive layer, for example, when the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive layer, the polyfunctional monomer contained in the adhesive layer reacts quickly upon heating, and the adhesive layer is thermally cured, thereby realizing easy peeling by heating. The upper limit of the content of the polyfunctional monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve the desired adhesive properties. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer), the amount of the polyfunctional monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is suitably about 200 parts by weight or less, preferably 160 parts by weight or less, more preferably 150 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 140 parts by weight or less, and may be 120 parts by weight or less, or may be 90 parts by weight or less. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be 70 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 50 parts by weight), 45 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 45 parts by weight), 40 parts by weight or less, 35 parts by weight or less, 30 parts by weight or less, 25 parts by weight or less, 20 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 20 parts by weight), 18 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, or 12 parts by weight or less. According to the technology disclosed herein, the desired easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating) can be preferably achieved with a composition in which the amount of monomer in the adhesive layer is limited as described above. In addition, by limiting the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used, the generation of low molecular weight components derived from the polyfunctional monomer after the reaction of the polyfunctional monomer is suppressed, and contamination of the adherend surface caused by such low molecular weight components can be prevented.

 上記モノマーとして多官能モノマーを使用する態様において、上記モノマー全体に占める多官能モノマーの量は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、多官能モノマー含有の効果を効果的に発揮する観点から、多官能モノマーの量は、上記モノマー全体の凡そ10重量%以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは30重量%以上、より好ましくは50重量%以上程度(例えば50重量%超)、より一層好ましくは70重量%以上、さらに好ましくは90重量%以上、特に好ましくは95重量%以上であり、99~100重量%であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤組成物に含まれる上記モノマーは、実質的に、多官能モノマーからなるものであってもよい。 In embodiments in which a polyfunctional monomer is used as the monomer, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer in the total monomer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of effectively exerting the effect of containing the polyfunctional monomer, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer is appropriately about 10% by weight or more of the total monomer, preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably about 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight), even more preferably 70% by weight or more, even more preferably 90% by weight or more, particularly preferably 95% by weight or more, and may be 99 to 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the monomer contained in the adhesive composition may essentially consist of the polyfunctional monomer.

 また、上記モノマーとして、一分子中にエチレン性不飽和基を1個含む単官能モノマーを1種または2種以上を用いてもよい。単官能モノマーとしては、公知の単官能アクリレート系モノマーやビニル系モノマーが用いられ得る。例えば、上記ポリマーのモノマー成分として例示したアクリレート系モノマー(アルコキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート、鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレート等)の1種または2種以上を用いることができる。 Furthermore, one or more types of monofunctional monomers containing one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule may be used as the above monomer. As the monofunctional monomer, known monofunctional acrylate monomers or vinyl monomers may be used. For example, one or more types of acrylate monomers (alkoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates, chain alkyl (meth)acrylates, etc.) exemplified as monomer components of the above polymer may be used.

 粘着剤層に上記モノマーを含ませる態様において、粘着剤層中の上記モノマーの含有量は、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマーの含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。好適にはアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、凡そ1重量部以上であってもよく、3重量部以上でもよい。上記モノマーの適当量は、その分子量や官能基数等により異なり得るが、いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマーの含有量は、易剥離性向上(例えば加熱易剥離性向上)の観点から、5重量部以上であり、7重量部以上であってもよく、8重量部以上でもよく、9重量部以上でもよく、10重量部以上(例えば10重量部超)がより好ましく、15重量部以上がより好ましく、20重量部以上がより一層好ましく、25重量部以上がさらに好ましい。十分量の上記モノマーを粘着剤層に含ませることにより、例えば、粘着剤層を熱硬化性粘着剤層として設計する場合、加熱時に、粘着剤層中に含まれる上記モノマーが速やかに反応し、粘着剤層が熱硬化することで、加熱易剥離性を実現することができる。粘着剤層中の上記モノマーの含有量の上限は特に限定されず、所望の粘着特性を実現するよう設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、ポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)との相溶性等の観点から、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する上記モノマーの量は、凡そ200重量部以下とすることが適当であり、好ましくは160重量部以下、より好ましくは150重量部以下、さらに好ましくは140重量部以下であり、120重量部以下であってもよく、90重量部以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する上記モノマーの量は、70重量部以下であってもよく、50重量部以下(例えば50重量部未満)でもよく、45重量部以下(例えば45重量部未満)でもよく、40重量部以下でもよく、35重量部以下でもよく、30重量部以下でもよく、25重量部以下でもよく、20重量部以下(例えば20重量部未満)でもよく、18重量部以下でもよく、15重量部以下でもよく、12重量部以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術によると、粘着剤層中のモノマー量が上記のように制限された組成で、所望の易剥離性向上(例えば加熱易剥離性)を好ましく実現することができる。また、上記モノマーの使用量を制限することにより、上記モノマーの反応後、上記モノマーに由来する低分子量成分の発生が抑制され、かかる低分子量成分を原因とする被着体表面の汚染が防止され得る。 In the embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains the monomer, the content of the monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer may be about 1 part by weight or more, or may be 3 parts by weight or more, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer. The appropriate amount of the monomer may vary depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc., but in some preferred embodiments, the content of the monomer is 5 parts by weight or more, 7 parts by weight or more, 8 parts by weight or more, or 9 parts by weight or more, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more (e.g., more than 10 parts by weight), more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 20 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of improving peelability (e.g., improving peelability by heating). By including a sufficient amount of the monomer in the adhesive layer, for example, when the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive layer, the monomer contained in the adhesive layer reacts quickly upon heating, and the adhesive layer is thermally cured, thereby realizing easy peeling by heating. The upper limit of the content of the monomer in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve the desired adhesive properties. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer), the amount of the monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is appropriate to be approximately 200 parts by weight or less, preferably 160 parts by weight or less, more preferably 150 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 140 parts by weight or less, and may be 120 parts by weight or less, or may be 90 parts by weight or less. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be 70 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 50 parts by weight), 45 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 45 parts by weight), 40 parts by weight or less, 35 parts by weight or less, 30 parts by weight or less, 25 parts by weight or less, 20 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 20 parts by weight), 18 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, or 12 parts by weight or less. According to the technology disclosed herein, the desired improvement in easy peelability (e.g., easy peelability upon heating) can be preferably realized with a composition in which the amount of monomer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is limited as described above. In addition, by limiting the amount of the monomer used, the generation of low molecular weight components derived from the monomer after the reaction of the monomer is suppressed, and contamination of the adherend surface caused by such low molecular weight components can be prevented.

 (ラジカル重合開始剤)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層は、ラジカル重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。粘着剤層がエチレン性不飽和基を含む態様においては、ラジカル重合開始剤は、粘着剤層に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基と反応して粘着剤を硬化させ得る。これにより、被着体に対する接着力を低下させることができる。ラジカル重合開始剤の好適例としては、熱重合開始剤、光重合開始剤が挙げられる。粘着剤層に熱重合開始剤を含ませることにより、粘着剤層を熱硬化性粘着剤層として設計することができる。また、粘着剤層に光重合開始剤を含ませることにより、粘着剤層を活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤層として設計することができる。ラジカル重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。例えば、熱重合開始剤と光重合開始剤とは併用してもよい。特に限定するものではないが、ここに開示される技術は、加熱処理を含むプロセスに好適な熱重合開始剤を含む粘着剤層により好ましく実施され得る。
(Radical Polymerization Initiator)
In some embodiments, the adhesive layer preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator. In an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, the radical polymerization initiator may react with the ethylenically unsaturated group contained in the adhesive layer to cure the adhesive. This can reduce the adhesive strength to the adherend. Suitable examples of the radical polymerization initiator include a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator. By incorporating a thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer, the adhesive layer can be designed as a thermosetting adhesive layer. In addition, by incorporating a photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive layer, the adhesive layer can be designed as an active energy ray curable adhesive layer. The radical polymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. For example, a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator may be used in combination. Although not particularly limited, the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented by an adhesive layer containing a thermal polymerization initiator suitable for a process including a heat treatment.

 (熱重合開始剤)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層は熱重合開始剤を含有する。ここで熱重合開始剤とは、加熱によりラジカルを発生させる重合開始剤をいう。粘着剤層に熱重合開始剤を含ませることにより、熱重合開始剤が、所定条件の加熱処理の際、例えば粘着剤層がエチレン性不飽和基を含む態様においては、粘着剤層中のエチレン性不飽和基と反応し、接着力を低下させ、加熱易剥離性を実現することができる。熱重合開始剤を含ませることにより、加熱処理後も耐熱易剥離性を有する熱硬化性粘着剤を形成することができる。
(Thermal Polymerization Initiator)
In some embodiments, the adhesive layer contains a thermal polymerization initiator. Here, the thermal polymerization initiator refers to a polymerization initiator that generates radicals by heating. By including a thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer, the thermal polymerization initiator reacts with the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer during heat treatment under a predetermined condition, for example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, to reduce the adhesive strength and realize easy peeling by heating. By including a thermal polymerization initiator, a thermosetting adhesive having heat resistance and easy peeling property even after heat treatment can be formed.

 熱重合開始剤としては、例えば、過酸化物系重合開始剤、アゾ系重合開始剤、過酸化物と還元剤との組合せによるレドックス系重合開始剤、置換エタン系重合開始剤等の各種の熱重合開始剤のなかから適当な1種または2種以上を選択して用いることができる。 As the thermal polymerization initiator, one or more suitable types can be selected and used from various thermal polymerization initiators such as peroxide-based polymerization initiators, azo-based polymerization initiators, redox-based polymerization initiators formed by combining peroxides with reducing agents, and substituted ethane-based polymerization initiators.

 いくつかの態様において、上記熱重合開始剤は、少なくとも過酸化物系重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。粘着剤層に熱重合開始剤として過酸化物系重合開始剤を含ませることにより、例えば粘着剤層がエチレン性不飽和基を含む態様においては、加熱時における粘着剤層中のエチレン性不飽和基の反応、すなわち粘着剤層の硬化反応が迅速に進行し、加熱により粘着剤層と密着しやすい材料を含む各種の被着体に対して、加熱易剥離性を確実に発現させることができる。その理由の一つとして、過酸化物系重合開始剤(特に、有機過酸化物系重合開始剤)の高い開始効率が考えられる。また、過酸化物系重合開始剤は、該化合物が有する-O-O-が開裂することによりラジカル(-O・)を生成するが、この開裂反応は可逆性であるため、ラジカルが配合モノマーやポリマーのエチレン性不飽和基と衝突しない場合、-O-O-の再結合が起こると考えられる。この再結合した開始剤は、所定の加熱時間中、再度開裂反応し、配合モノマー等と衝突し、反応することができる。そのため、過酸化物系重合開始剤によると、他の開始剤(例えばアゾ系開始剤)と比べて格段に速い反応速度で、粘着剤層の熱硬化が迅速に進行する。そして、その熱硬化速度は、加熱による粘着剤層と被着体とが強固に密着してしまう速度よりも早いため、加熱後剥離力が確実に低減し、加熱易剥離性や耐熱易剥離性が得られると考えられる。なお、ここに開示される技術は、上記の考察に限定されるものではない。 In some embodiments, the thermal polymerization initiator preferably contains at least a peroxide-based polymerization initiator. By including a peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer as a thermal polymerization initiator, for example in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer during heating, i.e., the curing reaction of the adhesive layer, proceeds rapidly, and it is possible to reliably exhibit easy peelability by heating for various adherends including materials that easily adhere to the adhesive layer by heating. One of the reasons for this is thought to be the high initiation efficiency of peroxide-based polymerization initiators (particularly organic peroxide-based polymerization initiators). In addition, peroxide-based polymerization initiators generate radicals (-O.) by cleaving -O-O- contained in the compound, but since this cleavage reaction is reversible, it is thought that recombination of -O-O- occurs if the radical does not collide with the ethylenically unsaturated group of the blended monomer or polymer. This recombined initiator can undergo a cleavage reaction again during a specified heating time, collide with the blended monomer, etc., and react. Therefore, with a peroxide-based polymerization initiator, the thermal curing of the adhesive layer proceeds quickly, with a reaction speed that is significantly faster than that of other initiators (e.g., azo-based initiators). And since the thermal curing speed is faster than the speed at which the adhesive layer and the adherend become firmly attached due to heating, it is believed that the peeling force after heating is reliably reduced, and heat-induced easy peelability and heat-resistant easy peelability are obtained. Note that the technology disclosed herein is not limited to the above considerations.

 過酸化物系重合開始剤としては、例えば、ジアシルパーオキサイド、パーオキシエステル、パーオキシジカーボネート、モノパーオキシカーボネート、パーオキシケタール、ジアルキルパーオキサイド、ハイドロパーオキサイド、ケトンパーオキサイド等の有機過酸化物が好ましく用いられる。過酸化物系重合開始剤の好適例としては、置換基を有してよいベンゾイル基を有する過酸化ベンゾイル系化合物(典型的にはジベンゾイルパーオキサイド(BPO))が挙げられる。過酸化物系重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 As the peroxide-based polymerization initiator, for example, organic peroxides such as diacyl peroxides, peroxy esters, peroxy dicarbonates, monoperoxy carbonates, peroxy ketals, dialkyl peroxides, hydroperoxides, and ketone peroxides are preferably used. Suitable examples of peroxide-based polymerization initiators include benzoyl peroxide compounds (typically dibenzoyl peroxide (BPO)) having a benzoyl group that may have a substituent. The peroxide-based polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 過酸化物系重合開始剤の具体例としては、BPO、1,1-ジ(t-ヘキシルパーオキシ)シクロヘキサン、シクロヘキサノンパーオキサイド、3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサノンパーオキサイド、メチルシクロヘキサノンパーオキサイド、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)シクロヘキサン、n-ブチル-4,4-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)バレート、クメンハイドロパーオキサイド、2,5-ジメチルヘキサン-2,5-ジハイドロパーオキサイド、1,3-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)-m-イソプロピルベンゼン、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ジ(t-ブチルパーオキシ)ヘキサン、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ジ(t-ブチルパーオキシ)ヘキシン-3、ジイソプロピルベンゼンハイドロパーオキサイド、t-ブチルクミルパーオキサイド、ジデカノイルパーオキサイド、ジラウロイルパーオキサイド、2,4-ジクロロベンゾイルパーオキサイド、ジ(4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)パーオキシジカーボネート、t-ブチルパーオキシベンゾエート、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ジ(ベンゾイルパーオキシ)ヘキサン、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド、ジ-t-ブチルパーオキサイド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of peroxide polymerization initiators include BPO, 1,1-di(t-hexylperoxy)cyclohexane, cyclohexanone peroxide, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone peroxide, methylcyclohexanone peroxide, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, n-butyl-4,4-bis(t-butylperoxy)valerate, cumene hydroperoxide, 2,5-dimethylhexane-2,5-dihydroperoxide, and 1,3-bis(t-butylperoxy)-m-isopropanol. Examples include diphenylbenzene, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexyne-3, diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, t-butylcumyl peroxide, didecanoyl peroxide, dilauroyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide, di(4-t-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(benzoylperoxy)hexane, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and di-t-butyl peroxide.

 粘着剤層が過酸化物系重合開始剤を含む態様において、粘着剤層中の過酸化物系重合開始剤の含有量は、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層中の過酸化物系重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、0.1重量部以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは0.2重量部以上、より好ましくは0.3重量部以上、さらに好ましくは0.4重量部以上であり、特に好ましくは0.5重量部以上であり、0.6重量部以上であってもよく、0.7重量部以上でもよい。過酸化物系重合開始剤の含有量が多くなるほど、例えば、エチレン性不飽和基を含む粘着剤層中において、過酸化物系重合開始剤とエチレン性不飽和基との衝突頻度が高まり、硬化反応が進行しやすい。また、いくつかの態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する過酸化物系重合開始剤の量は、例えば10重量部以下程度であってもよく、凡そ5重量部以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する過酸化物系重合開始剤の量は、3重量部以下(3重量部未満)が適当であり、好ましくは2.5重量部以下、より好ましくは2.0重量部以下、さらに好ましくは1.5重量部以下、特に好ましくは1.2重量部未満(例えば1.1重量部以下)であり、1.0重量部以下(例えば1.0重量部未満)であってもよく、0.9重量部以下でもよく、0.8重量部以下でもよく、0.7重量部以下でもよく、0.6重量部以下でもよい。過酸化物系重合開始剤の含有量を所定の範囲内とすることで、接着力等の粘着特性や保管安定性を得つつ、効率的な熱硬化性、加熱易剥離性を有する粘着剤を好ましく実現することができる。 In an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains a peroxide-based polymerization initiator, the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is suitably 0.1 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and is preferably 0.2 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.3 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 0.4 parts by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, may be 0.6 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.7 parts by weight or more. The higher the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator, the higher the frequency of collision between the peroxide-based polymerization initiator and the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, for example, and the easier it is for the curing reaction to proceed. In addition, in some embodiments, the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be, for example, about 10 parts by weight or less, or about 5 parts by weight or less. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is suitably 3 parts by weight or less (less than 3 parts by weight), preferably 2.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 1.5 parts by weight or less, particularly preferably less than 1.2 parts by weight (e.g., 1.1 parts by weight or less), and may be 1.0 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 1.0 parts by weight), 0.9 parts by weight or less, 0.8 parts by weight or less, 0.7 parts by weight or less, or 0.6 parts by weight or less. By setting the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator within a predetermined range, it is possible to preferably realize a pressure-sensitive adhesive having efficient thermosetting and easy peeling by heating while obtaining adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and storage stability.

 粘着剤層がモノマー(配合モノマー)および過酸化物系重合開始剤を含む態様においては、粘着剤層中の過酸化物系重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着剤層中の配合モノマーとの相対的関係によっても特定され得る。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー100重量部に対する過酸化物系重合開始剤の量は、上記モノマーのエチレン性不飽和基との衝突頻度を高めて熱硬化を迅速に進行させる観点、粘着剤層を高い硬化度で熱硬化させる観点から、0.1重量部以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは0.5重量部以上、より好ましくは0.8重量部以上、より一層好ましくは1.0重量部以上、さらに好ましくは1.2重量部以上、特に好ましくは1.5重量部以上であり、2.0重量部以上であってもよく、2.5重量部以上でもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー100重量部に対する過酸化物系重合開始剤の量は、好ましくは3重量部以上、より好ましくは5重量部以上であり、7重量部以上であってもよい。上記過酸化物系重合開始剤の使用量は、例えば上記モノマー含有量が制限された組成において、好ましく採用され得る。また、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー100重量部に対する過酸化物系重合開始剤の量は、例えば20重量部以下程度であってもよく、15重量部以下でもよく、12重量部以下でもよく、10重量部以下であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー100重量部に対する過酸化物系重合開始剤の量は、7重量部以下であってもよく、5重量部以下でもよく、3重量部以下でもよい。 In an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains a monomer (a blended monomer) and a peroxide-based polymerization initiator, the content of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer can also be specified by the relative relationship with the blended monomer in the adhesive layer. In some embodiments, the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer is preferably 0.1 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.8 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 1.0 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 1.2 parts by weight or more, particularly preferably 1.5 parts by weight or more, and may be 2.0 parts by weight or more, or may be 2.5 parts by weight or more. In some embodiments, the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer is preferably 3 parts by weight or more, more preferably 5 parts by weight or more, and may be 7 parts by weight or more. The amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator used can be preferably adopted, for example, in a composition in which the monomer content is limited. In some embodiments, the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer may be, for example, about 20 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, 12 parts by weight or less, or 10 parts by weight or less. In some embodiments, the amount of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer may be, for example, 7 parts by weight or less, 5 parts by weight or less, or 3 parts by weight or less.

 他のいくつかの態様において、粘着剤層は、熱重合開始剤として、例えば過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム等の過硫酸塩;例えばアゾニトリル系化合物、アゾアミド系化合物、アゾエステル系化合物、アルキルアゾ系化合物、アゾアミジン系化合物、アゾイミダゾリン系化合物、高分子アゾ系化合物等のアゾ系化合物、より具体的には、例えば2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)、1,1’-アゾビス(シクロヘキサン-1-カルボニトリル)、4,4-アゾビス(4-シアノ吉草酸)、2,2’-アゾビス(N-ブチル-2-メチルプロピオンアミド、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4,4-トリメチルペンタン)等;例えばフェニル置換エタン等の置換エタン系開始剤;例えば過硫酸塩と亜硫酸水素ナトリウムとの組合せ、過酸化物とアスコルビン酸ナトリウムとの組合せ等の、過酸化物と還元剤との組み合わせによるレドックス系開始剤;等の1種または2種以上を含んでもよい。これら過酸化物系重合開始剤とは異なる熱重合開始剤は非過酸化物系重合開始剤ともいう。非過酸化物系重合開始剤は、過酸化物系重合開始剤に加えて用いてもよい。 In some other embodiments, the adhesive layer contains, as a thermal polymerization initiator, a persulfate such as potassium persulfate or ammonium persulfate; an azo compound such as an azonitrile compound, an azoamide compound, an azoester compound, an alkyl azo compound, an azoamidine compound, an azoimidazoline compound, or a polymeric azo compound, more specifically, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 4,4-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2'-azobis(N -butyl-2-methylpropionamide, 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), etc.; substituted ethane initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; redox initiators formed by combining a peroxide with a reducing agent, such as a combination of a persulfate with sodium hydrogen sulfite, or a combination of a peroxide with sodium ascorbate; etc. Thermal polymerization initiators other than these peroxide-based polymerization initiators are also called non-peroxide-based polymerization initiators. Non-peroxide-based polymerization initiators may be used in addition to peroxide-based polymerization initiators.

 特に限定するものではないが、過酸化物系重合開始剤の効果を効果的に発揮させる観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層に含まれる熱重合開始剤全体に占める過酸化物系重合開始剤の割合は、凡そ30重量%以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは50重量%以上、より好ましくは70重量%以上、さらに好ましくは90重量%以上、特に好ましくは95~100重量%である。粘着剤層に含まれる熱重合開始剤は、過酸化物系重合開始剤からなるものであってもよい。 Although not particularly limited, in order to effectively exert the effects of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator, in some embodiments, the proportion of the peroxide-based polymerization initiator in the total thermal polymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer is suitably approximately 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, even more preferably 90% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 95 to 100% by weight. The thermal polymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer may be composed of a peroxide-based polymerization initiator.

 いくつかの態様において、熱重合開始剤として、自己分解促進温度(SADT)[℃]が、式:SADT+10≧60;を満たす熱重合開始剤を用いることが好ましい。ここで熱重合開始剤のSADTとは、一定量の容器に入った状態で、7日以内に6℃以上の発熱または自己促進分解を引き起こす最低温度として定義される。SADTは、熱重合開始剤が分解を引き起こすか否かの境界の環境温度を示している。本発明者らは、保管時に粘着剤が曝され得る最大温度が60℃であることに基づき、熱重合開始剤が、上記保管時最大温度の-10℃またはそれよりも高い温度となるSADTを有していれば、粘着剤中における熱重合開始剤の自己分解が抑制され、保管後に良好な加熱易剥離性を保持し得る保管安定性が得られることを実験的に確認している。粘着剤中(固体中)では、熱重合開始剤単体の場合よりも比較的熱が伝わりにくいためと考えられる。この発見に基づき、上式を満たすSADTを有する熱重合開始剤(以下、高SADT開始剤ともいう。)により設計された粘着剤によると、使用前の粘着剤が凡そ60℃の温度に曝された場合でも、粘着剤中の熱重合開始剤の分解が抑制されて、粘着剤は所期の加熱易剥離性を保持することができる。高SADT開始剤からなる熱重合開始剤を含む粘着剤によると、長期保管した場合や、保管時に温度変化等があった場合でも、保管安定性がよく、保管後に良好な加熱易剥離性を保持することができる。なお、この明細書において、熱重合開始剤のSADTとしては、メーカーカタログ等に記載される公称値を採用するものとする。 In some embodiments, it is preferable to use a thermal polymerization initiator whose self-decomposition acceleration temperature (SADT) [°C] satisfies the formula: SADT+10≧60;. Here, the SADT of the thermal polymerization initiator is defined as the minimum temperature at which heat generation or self-accelerating decomposition of 6°C or more occurs within 7 days in a certain amount of container. SADT indicates the environmental temperature at the boundary of whether the thermal polymerization initiator causes decomposition. Based on the fact that the maximum temperature to which the adhesive can be exposed during storage is 60°C, the inventors have experimentally confirmed that if the thermal polymerization initiator has a SADT that is -10°C of the maximum storage temperature or higher, the self-decomposition of the thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive is suppressed, and storage stability that can maintain good heat-peelability after storage is obtained. This is thought to be because heat is relatively less transmitted in the adhesive (solid) than in the case of the thermal polymerization initiator alone. Based on this discovery, an adhesive designed with a thermal polymerization initiator having a SADT that satisfies the above formula (hereinafter also referred to as a high SADT initiator) can suppress decomposition of the thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive, even when the adhesive is exposed to a temperature of approximately 60°C before use, and the adhesive can maintain the desired heat-peelability. An adhesive containing a thermal polymerization initiator made of a high SADT initiator has good storage stability and can maintain good heat-peelability after storage, even when stored for a long period of time or when there is a temperature change during storage. In this specification, the nominal value listed in the manufacturer's catalog, etc., is used as the SADT of the thermal polymerization initiator.

 粘着剤層に含まれる熱重合開始剤の量は、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層中の熱重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、0.1重量部以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは0.2重量部以上、より好ましくは0.3重量部以上、さらに好ましくは0.4重量部以上であり、特に好ましくは0.5重量部以上であり、0.6重量部以上であってもよく、0.7重量部以上でもよい。熱重合開始剤の含有量が多くなるほど、例えば、エチレン性不飽和基を含む粘着剤層中において、熱重合開始剤とエチレン性不飽和基との衝突頻度が高まり、硬化反応が進行しやすい。また、いくつかの態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する熱重合開始剤の量は、例えば10重量部以下程度であってもよく、凡そ5重量部以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する熱重合開始剤の量は、3重量部以下(3重量部未満)が適当であり、好ましくは2.5重量部以下、より好ましくは2.0重量部以下、さらに好ましくは1.5重量部以下、特に好ましくは1.2重量部未満(例えば1.1重量部以下)であり、1.0重量部以下(例えば1.0重量部未満)であってもよく、0.9重量部以下でもよく、0.8重量部以下でもよく、0.7重量部以下でもよく、0.6重量部以下でもよい。熱重合開始剤の総量を所定の範囲内とすることで、接着力等の粘着特性や保管安定性を得つつ、効率的な熱硬化性、加熱易剥離性を有する粘着剤を好ましく実現することができる。 The amount of the thermal polymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the content of the thermal polymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is suitably 0.1 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and is preferably 0.2 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.3 parts by weight or more, even more preferably 0.4 parts by weight or more, and particularly preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.6 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.7 parts by weight or more. The higher the content of the thermal polymerization initiator, for example, in the adhesive layer containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, the higher the frequency of collision between the thermal polymerization initiator and the ethylenically unsaturated group, and the easier it is for the curing reaction to proceed. In addition, in some embodiments, the amount of the thermal polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be, for example, about 10 parts by weight or less, or about 5 parts by weight or less. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the thermal polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is suitably 3 parts by weight or less (less than 3 parts by weight), preferably 2.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 1.5 parts by weight or less, particularly preferably less than 1.2 parts by weight (e.g., 1.1 parts by weight or less), and may be 1.0 parts by weight or less (e.g., less than 1.0 parts by weight), 0.9 parts by weight or less, 0.8 parts by weight or less, 0.7 parts by weight or less, or 0.6 parts by weight or less. By keeping the total amount of the thermal polymerization initiator within a predetermined range, it is possible to preferably realize a pressure-sensitive adhesive having efficient thermosetting and easy peeling by heating while obtaining adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and storage stability.

 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層全体に占める上述のポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー、例えばアクリル系ポリマー)、上記モノマー(例えば多官能アクリル系モノマー)および熱重合開始剤(過酸化物系重合開始剤等)の合計割合は、加熱時の剥離力低下を効果的に発現させる観点から、50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超100重量%以下)であることが適当であり、好ましくは70重量%以上、より好ましくは80重量%以上、さらに好ましくは90重量%以上であり、95重量%以上であってもよく、98重量%以上でもよく、99重量%以上(例えば99~100重量%)でもよい。 Although not particularly limited, in some preferred embodiments, the total proportion of the above-mentioned polymer (specifically, base polymer, for example, acrylic polymer), the above-mentioned monomer (for example, polyfunctional acrylic monomer) and thermal polymerization initiator (peroxide-based polymerization initiator, etc.) in the entire adhesive layer is suitably 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight and 100% by weight or less) from the viewpoint of effectively achieving a decrease in peel strength when heated, and is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 80% by weight or more, and even more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be 95% by weight or more, 98% by weight or more, or 99% by weight or more (for example, 99 to 100% by weight).

 (光重合開始剤)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層は光重合開始剤を含む。ここで光重合開始剤とは、紫外線等の活性エネルギー線の照射によって自身が分解する等してラジカルを発生させる重合開始剤をいう。粘着剤層に光重合開始剤を含ませることにより、粘着剤層に活性エネルギー線を照射すると、例えば粘着剤層がエチレン性不飽和基を含む態様においては、光重合開始剤は粘着剤層中のエチレン性不飽和基と反応して硬化し、接着力を低下させ、易剥離性を実現することができる。光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ケタール系光重合開始剤、アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤、ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤、α-ケトール系光重合開始剤、芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤、アルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤、チオキサントン系光重合開始剤等のなかから適当な1種または2種以上を選択して用いることができる。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
In some embodiments, the adhesive layer contains a photopolymerization initiator. Here, the photopolymerization initiator refers to a polymerization initiator that generates radicals by decomposing itself when irradiated with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays. By including a photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive layer, when the adhesive layer is irradiated with active energy rays, for example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, the photopolymerization initiator reacts with the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer to harden, thereby reducing the adhesive strength and realizing easy peeling. As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, one or more suitable types can be selected from ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, α-ketol-based photopolymerization initiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiators, oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiators, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, alkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiators, thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiators, and the like, and can be used.

 粘着剤層が光重合開始剤を含む態様において、粘着剤層に含まれる光重合開始剤の量は、特に限定されず、例えば、上記熱重合開始剤の含有量と同じ範囲とすることができる。すなわち、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する熱重合開始剤の含有量の範囲は、光重合開始剤の含有量の範囲として適用され得る。 In an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains a photopolymerization initiator, the amount of photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, in the same range as the content of the thermal polymerization initiator. In other words, the range of the content of the thermal polymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer can be applied as the range of the content of the photopolymerization initiator.

 (架橋剤)
 粘着剤層の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物には、主に粘着剤層内での架橋または粘着剤層とその隣接面との架橋を目的として、必要に応じて架橋剤を含有させることができる。架橋剤は、典型的には架橋反応後の形態で粘着剤層に含まれている。架橋剤の使用により、粘着剤層の凝集力を適切に調節することができる。
(Crosslinking Agent)
The adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer may contain a crosslinking agent as necessary, mainly for the purpose of crosslinking within the adhesive layer or between the adhesive layer and its adjacent surface. The crosslinking agent is typically contained in the adhesive layer in a form after crosslinking reaction. The use of the crosslinking agent allows the cohesive strength of the adhesive layer to be appropriately adjusted.

 架橋剤の種類は特に制限されず、従来公知の架橋剤のなかから、例えば粘着剤の組成に応じて、該架橋剤が粘着剤層内で適切な架橋機能を発揮するように選択することができる。用いられ得る架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、カルボジイミド系架橋剤、メラミン系架橋剤、尿素系架橋剤、金属アルコキシド系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤、金属塩系架橋剤、ヒドラジン系架橋剤、アミン系架橋剤等を例示することができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。接着性と凝集力とをバランスよく両立する観点から、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、カルボジイミド系架橋剤が好ましく、イソシアネート系架橋剤が特に好ましい。 The type of crosslinking agent is not particularly limited, and can be selected from conventionally known crosslinking agents so that the crosslinking agent exerts an appropriate crosslinking function within the adhesive layer, for example, depending on the composition of the adhesive. Examples of crosslinking agents that can be used include isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, epoxy-based crosslinking agents, oxazoline-based crosslinking agents, aziridine-based crosslinking agents, carbodiimide-based crosslinking agents, melamine-based crosslinking agents, urea-based crosslinking agents, metal alkoxide-based crosslinking agents, metal chelate-based crosslinking agents, metal salt-based crosslinking agents, hydrazine-based crosslinking agents, and amine-based crosslinking agents. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between adhesiveness and cohesive strength, isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, epoxy-based crosslinking agents, oxazoline-based crosslinking agents, aziridine-based crosslinking agents, and carbodiimide-based crosslinking agents are preferred, and isocyanate-based crosslinking agents are particularly preferred.

 イソシアネート系架橋剤としては、2官能以上の多官能イソシアネート化合物を用いることができる。例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシレンジイソシアネート、ポリメチレンポリフェニルジイソシアネート、トリス(p-イソシアナトフェニル)チオホスフェート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等の芳香族イソシアネート;イソホロンジイソシアネート等の脂環族イソシアネート;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族イソシアネート;等が挙げられる。市販品としては、トリメチロールプロパン/トリレンジイソシアネート3量体付加物(東ソー社製、商品名「コロネートL」)、トリメチロールプロパン/ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート3量体付加物(東ソー社製、商品名「コロネートHL」)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体(東ソー社製、商品名「コロネートHX」)、トリメチロールプロパン/キシリレンジイソシアネート付加物(三井化学社製、商品名「タケネートD-110N」)等のイソシアネート付加物等を例示することができる。 As an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, a polyfunctional isocyanate compound having two or more functionalities can be used. Examples include aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenyl diisocyanate, tris(p-isocyanatophenyl)thiophosphate, and diphenylmethane diisocyanate; alicyclic isocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate; and aliphatic isocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate. Examples of commercially available products include isocyanate adducts such as trimethylolpropane/tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, product name "Coronate L"), trimethylolpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, product name "Coronate HL"), isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, product name "Coronate HX"), and trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., product name "Takenate D-110N"), etc.

 エポキシ系架橋剤としては、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有するものを特に制限なく用いることができる。1分子中に3~5個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ系架橋剤が好ましい。エポキシ系架橋剤の具体例としては、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。エポキシ系架橋剤の市販品としては、三菱ガス化学社製の商品名「TETRAD-X」、「TETRAD-C」、DIC社製の商品名「エピクロンCR-5L」、ナガセケムテックス社製の商品名「デナコールEX-512」、日産化学工業社製の商品名「TEPIC-G」等が挙げられる。 As the epoxy crosslinking agent, those having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule can be used without any particular restrictions. Epoxy crosslinking agents having 3 to 5 epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. Specific examples of epoxy crosslinking agents include N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, etc. Commercially available epoxy crosslinking agents include Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company's product names "TETRAD-X" and "TETRAD-C", DIC Corporation's product name "Epicron CR-5L", Nagase ChemteX Corporation's product name "Denacol EX-512", Nissan Chemical Industries' product name "TEPIC-G", etc.

 オキサゾリン系架橋剤としては、1分子内に1個以上のオキサゾリン基を有するものを特に制限なく使用することができる。
 アジリジン系架橋剤の例としては、トリメチロールプロパントリス[3-(1-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、トリメチロールプロパントリス[3-(1-(2-メチル)アジリジニルプロピオネート)]等が挙げられる。
 カルボジイミド系架橋剤としては、カルボジイミド基を2個以上有する低分子化合物または高分子化合物を用いることができる。
As the oxazoline-based crosslinking agent, any agent having one or more oxazoline groups in one molecule can be used without any particular limitation.
Examples of the aziridine crosslinking agent include trimethylolpropane tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane tris[3-(1-(2-methyl)aziridinylpropionate)], and the like.
As the carbodiimide-based crosslinking agent, a low molecular weight compound or a high molecular weight compound having two or more carbodiimide groups can be used.

 いくつかの態様において、架橋剤として、イソシアネート系架橋剤が用いられる。イソシアネート系架橋剤によると、接着力や凝集力等の粘着特性をバランスよく発揮しつつ、良好な易剥離性を有する粘着剤を形成しやすい。イソシアネート系架橋剤は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。特に限定するものではないが、イソシアネート系架橋剤を使用する場合における使用量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して3重量部未満とすることが好ましい。イソシアネート系架橋剤の使用量を制限することにより、架橋密度が適度に抑制され、かかる架橋密度において、加熱処理時に、あるいは活性エネルギー線の照射等により、例えば粘着剤層がエチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む態様においては、粘着剤層中のエチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とが頻度よく衝突して硬化が進行し、易剥離性を高めることができる。例えば、粘着剤層を熱硬化性粘着剤として設計する場合、所望の加熱易剥離性、耐熱易剥離性が発現し得る。なお、ここに開示される技術は、上記の考察に限定されるものではない。かかる観点から、いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対するイソシアネート系架橋剤の使用量は、2重量部以下であり、より好ましくは1.5重量部以下、より一層好ましくは1.0重量部以下、さらに好ましくは0.8重量部以下であり、特に好ましくは0.6重量部以下である。イソシアネート系架橋剤の使用量を制限することにより、十分な接着力が得られやすい傾向がある。また、イソシアネート系架橋剤の使用量は、上記ポリマー100重量部に対して、例えば0.01重量部以上とすることができ、いくつかの好ましい態様において、0.05重量部以上であってもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよく、0.3重量部以上でもよく、0.5重量部以上でもよい。イソシアネート系架橋剤の使用量を上記の範囲で適切に設定することにより、ここに開示される技術による効果を好ましく実現しつつ、接着力や凝集力等の粘着特性をバランスよく発揮する粘着剤を好ましく得ることができる。 In some embodiments, an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent is used as the crosslinking agent. The isocyanate-based crosslinking agent can easily form an adhesive having good peelability while exhibiting a good balance of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength. The isocyanate-based crosslinking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Although not particularly limited, the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used is preferably less than 3 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer. By limiting the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used, the crosslinking density is appropriately suppressed, and at such a crosslinking density, for example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator, the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer and the radical polymerization initiator frequently collide with each other during heat treatment or by irradiation with active energy rays, and hardening proceeds, thereby improving the peelability. For example, when the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive, the desired heat peelability and heat resistance peelability can be expressed. The technology disclosed herein is not limited to the above considerations. From this viewpoint, in some preferred embodiments, the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer is 2 parts by weight or less, more preferably 1.5 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 1.0 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 0.8 parts by weight or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 parts by weight or less. By limiting the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used, there is a tendency for sufficient adhesive strength to be easily obtained. In addition, the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be, for example, 0.01 parts by weight or more, and in some preferred embodiments, it may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.3 parts by weight or more, or 0.5 parts by weight or more. By appropriately setting the amount of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent used within the above range, it is possible to preferably obtain an adhesive that exhibits adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength in a well-balanced manner while preferably achieving the effects of the technology disclosed herein.

 架橋剤を使用する場合における架橋剤の使用量は、接着力や凝集力等の粘着特性をバランスよく発揮する粘着剤を実現する観点から、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、0重量部より多い量であればよく、例えば0.001重量部以上とすることができ、0.01重量部以上としてもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ポリマー100重量部に対する架橋剤の使用量は、0.05重量部以上であってもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよく、0.3重量部以上でもよく、0.5重量部以上でもよい。また、架橋剤の使用量の上限は、使用する架橋剤種によって異なり得るため、特定の範囲に限定されないが、所定量以下に制限されていることが好ましい。架橋剤の使用量を制限することにより、架橋密度が適度に抑制され、かかる架橋密度において、加熱処理時に、あるいは活性エネルギー線の照射等により、例えば粘着剤層がエチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む態様においては、粘着剤層中のエチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とが頻度よく衝突して硬化が進行し、易剥離性を高めることができる。例えば、粘着剤層を熱硬化性粘着剤として設計する場合、所望の加熱易剥離性、耐熱易剥離性が発現し得る。なお、ここに開示される技術は、上記の考察に限定されるものではない。例えば、架橋剤の使用量は、上記ポリマー100重量部に対して10重量部未満とすることが適当であり、いくつかの態様において、5重量部未満が好ましく、3重量部未満であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、架橋剤の使用量は、上記ポリマー100重量部に対して1重量部未満とすることが適当であり、0.9重量部以下とすることが好ましく、0.8重量部以下であってもよく、0.7重量部以下でもよく、0.6重量部以下でもよく、0.5重量部以下でもよい。架橋剤の使用量を制限することにより、十分な接着力が得られやすい傾向がある。 When a crosslinking agent is used, the amount of crosslinking agent used may be more than 0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of realizing an adhesive that exhibits a good balance of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength, and may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.01 parts by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the polymer may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.3 parts by weight or more, or 0.5 parts by weight or more. Furthermore, the upper limit of the amount of crosslinking agent used may vary depending on the type of crosslinking agent used, and is therefore not limited to a specific range, but it is preferable that it is limited to a predetermined amount or less. By limiting the amount of the crosslinking agent used, the crosslinking density is appropriately suppressed, and at such a crosslinking density, during heat treatment or by irradiation with active energy rays, for example, in an embodiment in which the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator, the ethylenically unsaturated group in the adhesive layer and the radical polymerization initiator collide frequently to proceed curing, and the peelability can be improved. For example, when the adhesive layer is designed as a thermosetting adhesive, the desired heat peelability and heat resistance peelability can be expressed. Note that the technology disclosed herein is not limited to the above considerations. For example, the amount of the crosslinking agent used is suitably less than 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, and in some embodiments, it is preferably less than 5 parts by weight, and may be less than 3 parts by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of the crosslinking agent used is suitably less than 1 part by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, and is preferably 0.9 parts by weight or less, and may be 0.8 parts by weight or less, 0.7 parts by weight or less, 0.6 parts by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or less. Limiting the amount of crosslinking agent used tends to make it easier to achieve sufficient adhesive strength.

 架橋反応をより効果的に進行させるために、架橋触媒を用いてもよい。架橋触媒としては、テトラ-n-ブチルチタネート、テトライソプロピルチタネート、ナーセム第二鉄、ブチルスズオキシド、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等の金属系架橋触媒等が例示される。架橋触媒の使用量は特に制限されない。架橋触媒の使用量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.0001重量部以上、凡そ0.001重量部以上または凡そ0.005重量部以上等とすることができ、また、凡そ1重量部以下、凡そ0.1重量部以下または凡そ0.05重量部以下等とすることができる。 A crosslinking catalyst may be used to promote the crosslinking reaction more effectively. Examples of crosslinking catalysts include metal-based crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, nursem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. The amount of the crosslinking catalyst used is not particularly limited. The amount of the crosslinking catalyst used can be, for example, about 0.0001 parts by weight or more, about 0.001 parts by weight or more, or about 0.005 parts by weight or more, relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and can be about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, or about 0.05 parts by weight or less.

 粘着剤層の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物には、所望により、架橋遅延剤として、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を含有させることができる。例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤を含む粘着剤組成物またはイソシアネート系架橋剤を配合して使用され得る粘着剤組成物において、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を好ましく使用し得る。これにより、粘着剤組成物のポットライフを延長する効果が発揮され得る。
 ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物としては、各種のβ-ジカルボニル化合物を用いることができる。具体例としては、アセチルアセトン、2,4-ヘキサンジオン等のβ-ジケトン類;アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル等のアセト酢酸エステル類;プロピオニル酢酸エチル等のプロピオニル酢酸エステル類;イソブチリル酢酸エチル等のイソブチリル酢酸エステル類;マロン酸メチル、マロン酸エチル等のマロン酸エステル類;等が挙げられる。なかでも好適な化合物として、アセチルアセトンおよびアセト酢酸エステル類が挙げられる。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
 ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物の使用量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、例えば0.1重量部以上20重量部以下であってよく、0.5重量部以上15重量部以下とすることが適当であり、例えば1重量部以上10重量部以下とすることができ、1重量部以上5重量部以下としてもよい。
The adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer may contain a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism as a crosslinking retarder, if desired. For example, a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be preferably used in an adhesive composition that contains an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent or an adhesive composition that can be used by blending an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent. This can provide an effect of extending the pot life of the adhesive composition.
As the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization, various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used. Specific examples include β-diketones such as acetylacetone and 2,4-hexanedione; acetoacetates such as methyl acetoacetate and ethyl acetoacetate; propionylacetates such as ethyl propionylacetate; isobutyrylacetates such as ethyl isobutyrylacetate; malonic acid esters such as methyl malonate and ethyl malonate; and the like. Among these, preferred compounds include acetylacetone and acetoacetates. The compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerization can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization used may be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, and appropriately 0.5 parts by weight or more and 15 parts by weight or less, for example, 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, or may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 (その他の成分)
 粘着剤層は、必要に応じて、粘着付与剤、シランカップリング剤、剥離力調整剤(界面活性剤等)、粘度調整剤(例えば増粘剤)、レベリング剤、可塑剤、充填剤、顔料や染料等の着色剤、安定剤、防腐剤、老化防止剤等の、粘着剤の分野において一般的な各種の添加剤を含んでもよい。このような各種添加剤については、従来公知のものを常法により使用することができ、特に本発明を特徴づけるものではないので、詳細な説明は省略する。
 なお、ここに開示される技術は、粘着付与剤を用いることなく、接着力など所望の粘着特性を実現することができる。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層における粘着付与剤の含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、例えば10重量部未満、さらには5重量部未満とすることができる。上記粘着付与剤の含有量は、1重量部未満(例えば0.5重量部未満)であってもよく、0.1重量部未満(0重量部以上0.1重量部未満)であってもよい。粘着剤層は、粘着付与剤を含まないものであり得る。
(Other ingredients)
The adhesive layer may contain, as necessary, various additives that are common in the field of adhesives, such as tackifiers, silane coupling agents, peel strength regulators (surfactants, etc.), viscosity regulators (e.g. thickeners), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, antiaging agents, etc. As for such various additives, those that are conventionally known can be used in the usual manner, and they do not particularly characterize the present invention, so detailed explanations will be omitted.
The technology disclosed herein can achieve desired adhesive properties such as adhesive strength without using a tackifier. In some embodiments, the content of the tackifier in the adhesive layer can be, for example, less than 10 parts by weight, or even less than 5 parts by weight, relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer. The content of the tackifier may be less than 1 part by weight (for example, less than 0.5 parts by weight), or less than 0.1 parts by weight (0 parts by weight or more and less than 0.1 parts by weight). The adhesive layer may be free of a tackifier.

 また、粘着剤層は、熱膨張性微小球や発泡剤等を用いることなく、所望の加熱易剥離性を発揮するものであり得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層における熱膨張性微小球の含有量は、該粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、例えば1重量部未満、さらには0.1重量部未満とすることができる。また、粘着剤層における発泡剤の含有量は、該粘着剤層に含まれるポリマー(具体的にはベースポリマー。例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対して、例えば1重量部未満、さらには0.1重量部未満とすることができる。粘着剤層は、熱膨張性微小球および発泡剤のいずれも含有しないものであり得る。 The adhesive layer may exhibit the desired heat-peelability without using heat-expandable microspheres, a foaming agent, or the like. In some embodiments, the content of heat-expandable microspheres in the adhesive layer may be, for example, less than 1 part by weight, or even less than 0.1 part by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer. The content of foaming agent in the adhesive layer may be, for example, less than 1 part by weight, or even less than 0.1 part by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the polymer (specifically, the base polymer, e.g., an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer. The adhesive layer may contain neither heat-expandable microspheres nor a foaming agent.

 (粘着剤組成物の形態)
 ここに開示される粘着剤層は、水系粘着剤組成物、溶剤型粘着剤組成物、ホットメルト型粘着剤組成物、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層であり得る。水系粘着剤組成物とは、水を主成分とする溶媒(水系溶媒)中に粘着剤を含む形態の粘着剤組成物のことをいい、ここでいう水系粘着剤組成物の概念には、水分散型の粘着剤組成物(粘着剤が水に分散した形態の組成物)、水溶性の粘着剤組成物(粘着剤が水に溶解した形態の組成物)等と称されるものが含まれ得る。また、溶剤型粘着剤組成物とは、有機溶媒中に粘着剤を含む形態の粘着剤組成物のことをいう。
(Form of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Composition)
The adhesive layer disclosed herein may be an adhesive layer formed from an aqueous adhesive composition, a solvent-based adhesive composition, a hot melt-type adhesive composition, or an active energy ray curable adhesive composition. The aqueous adhesive composition refers to an adhesive composition in a form containing an adhesive in a solvent (aqueous solvent) mainly composed of water, and the concept of the aqueous adhesive composition here may include those called water-dispersed adhesive compositions (compositions in which an adhesive is dispersed in water), water-soluble adhesive compositions (compositions in which an adhesive is dissolved in water), etc. In addition, the solvent-based adhesive composition refers to an adhesive composition in a form containing an adhesive in an organic solvent.

 特に限定するものではないが、ここに開示される粘着剤層は、溶剤型粘着剤組成物を用いて好ましく形成され得る。上記溶剤型粘着剤組成物は、有機溶媒中に粘着剤形成成分を含む形態の粘着剤組成物である。溶剤型粘着剤組成物は、典型的には、モノマー成分の溶液重合物と、任意に他の添加剤とを含有する。ここに開示される技術による効果は、溶剤型粘着剤(層)を備える形態で効果的に発揮され得る。溶剤型粘着剤組成物に含まれる溶媒は、従来公知の有機溶媒から適宜選択することができる。例えば、トルエン等の芳香族化合物類(典型的には芳香族炭化水素類);酢酸エチルや酢酸ブチル等のエステル類;ヘキサンやシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族または脂環式炭化水素類;1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化アルカン類;イソプロピルアルコール等の低級アルコール類(例えば、炭素原子数1~4の一価アルコール類);tert-ブチルメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン等のケトン類;等から選択されるいずれか1種の溶媒、または2種以上の混合溶媒を用いることができる。 Although not particularly limited, the adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably formed using a solvent-based adhesive composition. The above-mentioned solvent-based adhesive composition is an adhesive composition in a form containing adhesive-forming components in an organic solvent. The solvent-based adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymer of a monomer component and, optionally, other additives. The effects of the technology disclosed herein can be effectively exhibited in a form having a solvent-based adhesive (layer). The solvent contained in the solvent-based adhesive composition can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, any one solvent selected from aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc., or a mixture of two or more solvents can be used.

 (粘着剤層の形成)
 ここに開示される粘着剤層は、従来公知の方法によって形成することができる。粘着剤組成物を適当な表面に付与(例えば塗布)した後、硬化処理を適宜施すことにより、粘着剤は層状(粘着剤層)の形態で形成され得る。粘着剤組成物の硬化手段(例えば乾燥、架橋、重合、冷却等)は、1種のみを適用してもよく、2種以上を同時に、または多段階にわたって適用してもよい。溶剤型粘着剤組成物では、典型的には該組成物を乾燥(好ましくは、さらに架橋)させて粘着剤を形成することができる。
(Formation of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer)
The adhesive layer disclosed herein can be formed by a conventionally known method. The adhesive composition is applied (e.g., coated) to a suitable surface, and then a curing treatment is appropriately performed to form the adhesive in the form of a layer (adhesive layer). The curing means (e.g., drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc.) of the adhesive composition may be applied by only one type, or may be applied by two or more types simultaneously or in multiple stages. In the case of a solvent-based adhesive composition, the adhesive can typically be formed by drying (preferably further crosslinking) the composition.

 例えば、基材レスの両面粘着シートの場合は、剥離性を有する表面(剥離面)に粘着剤組成物を付与した後、該粘着剤組成物を硬化させることにより該表面上に粘着剤層を形成する方法を採用することができる。基材付きの粘着シートの場合は、該基材に粘着剤組成物を直接付与(典型的には塗布)して硬化させることにより粘着剤層を形成する方法(直接法)を採用することができる。また、剥離性を有する表面(剥離面)に粘着剤組成物を付与して硬化させることにより該表面上に粘着剤層を形成し、その粘着剤層を基材に転写する方法(転写法)を採用してもよい。上記剥離面としては、はく離ライナーの表面や、剥離処理された基材背面等を利用し得る。なお、ここに開示される粘着剤層は典型的には連続的に形成されるが、このような形態に限定されるものではなく、例えば点状、ストライプ状等の規則的あるいはランダムなパターンに形成された粘着剤層であってもよい。 For example, in the case of a substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet, a method can be adopted in which an adhesive composition is applied to a surface (release surface) having releasability, and then the adhesive composition is cured to form an adhesive layer on the surface. In the case of an adhesive sheet with a substrate, a method (direct method) can be adopted in which an adhesive composition is directly applied (typically coated) to the substrate and cured to form an adhesive layer. Alternatively, a method (transfer method) can be adopted in which an adhesive composition is applied to a surface (release surface) having releasability, cured to form an adhesive layer on the surface, and the adhesive layer is transferred to a substrate. The release surface can be the surface of a release liner, the back surface of a substrate that has been subjected to a release treatment, or the like. The adhesive layer disclosed herein is typically formed continuously, but is not limited to such a form, and may be an adhesive layer formed in a regular or random pattern such as dots or stripes.

 粘着剤組成物の塗布は、例えば、グラビアロールコーター、リバースロールコーター、キスロールコーター、ディップロールコーター、ダイコーター、バーコーター、ナイフコーター、スプレーコーター等の、公知ないし慣用のコーターを用いて行うことができる。あるいは、含浸やカーテンコート法等により粘着剤組成物を塗布してもよい。
 架橋反応の促進、製造効率向上等の観点から、粘着剤組成物の乾燥は加熱下で行うことが好ましい。乾燥温度は、特に限定するものではないが、例えば40~100℃程度とすることができ、通常は60~80℃程度とすることが好ましい。例えば、上記温度の乾燥(例えば1~10分程度、より具体的には3~7分程度の乾燥)は、加熱温度が低く、かつ溶媒の揮発が進行していることもあり、モノマーや熱重合開始剤を含む粘着剤組成物において、モノマーの反応や熱重合開始剤の失活は無視し得る程度である。また、粘着剤組成物を乾燥させた後、さらに、粘着剤層内における成分移行の調整、架橋反応の進行、基材や粘着剤層内に存在し得る歪の緩和等を目的としてエージングを行ってもよい。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be applied using a known or commonly used coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a die coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, a spray coater, etc. Alternatively, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied by impregnation, a curtain coating method, or the like.
From the viewpoint of promoting the crosslinking reaction and improving the production efficiency, the adhesive composition is preferably dried under heating. The drying temperature is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, about 40 to 100 ° C., and is usually preferably about 60 to 80 ° C. For example, drying at the above temperature (for example, drying for about 1 to 10 minutes, more specifically, drying for about 3 to 7 minutes) is performed at a low heating temperature and the solvent volatilization is in progress, so that the reaction of the monomer and the deactivation of the thermal polymerization initiator are negligible in the adhesive composition containing the monomer and the thermal polymerization initiator. In addition, after drying the adhesive composition, aging may be performed for the purpose of adjusting the component migration in the adhesive layer, progressing the crosslinking reaction, and relaxing distortion that may exist in the substrate or the adhesive layer.

 (厚さ)
 粘着剤層の厚さは特に限定されない。粘着剤層の厚さは、通常、1μm以上であり、2μm以上であってもよく、3μm以上でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さが大きくなるほど、被着体に対する接着力は向上する傾向がある。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、5μm以上であり、10μm以上であってもよく、15μm以上でもよく、20μm以上でもよく、25μm以上でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さの上限は、例えば200μm以下程度とすることが適当であり、100μm以下(例えば100μm未満)であってもよく、50μm以下でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さを所定範囲内で制限することにより、凝集破壊による糊残りの発生を防止し、易剥離性が得られやすい傾向がある。また、薄厚の粘着剤層は、粘着シートの薄型化等の点で有利であり、被着体に対する追従性にも優れる傾向がある。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、40μm以下であり、30μm以下であってもよい。
(Thickness)
The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. The thickness of the adhesive layer is usually 1 μm or more, may be 2 μm or more, or may be 3 μm or more. The larger the thickness of the adhesive layer, the more the adhesive strength to the adherend tends to improve. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 5 μm or more, may be 10 μm or more, may be 15 μm or more, may be 20 μm or more, may be 25 μm or more. The upper limit of the thickness of the adhesive layer is, for example, appropriately about 200 μm or less, may be 100 μm or less (for example, less than 100 μm), or may be 50 μm or less. By limiting the thickness of the adhesive layer within a predetermined range, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of glue residue due to cohesive failure, and it is easy to obtain peelability. In addition, a thin adhesive layer is advantageous in terms of thinning the adhesive sheet, and tends to be excellent in followability to the adherend. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 40 μm or less, and may be 30 μm or less.

 (ゲル分率)
 粘着剤層のゲル分率は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、被着体に対する十分な接着性および良好な易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性)を得る観点から、粘着剤層の初期(加熱前)ゲル分率(重量基準)は、例えば85%以下であることが適当であり、好ましくは80%以下、より好ましくは75%以下であり、70%以下であってもよく、65%以下でもよく、60%以下でもよい。初期ゲル分率が低い方が高い易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性)が得られやすい傾向がある。また、粘着剤層形成性や、適度な凝集性、保持力を得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の初期ゲル分率は20%以上が適当であり、好ましくは30%以上、より好ましくは40%以上、さらに好ましくは50%以上であり、60%以上であってもよく、65%以上でもよい。上記範囲内で適当な初期ゲル分率を有する粘着剤によると、硬化反応性(例えば加熱硬化反応性)がよい傾向がある。
(Gel Fraction)
The gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient adhesion to the adherend and good peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating), the initial (before heating) gel fraction (weight basis) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, suitably 85% or less, preferably 80% or less, more preferably 75% or less, and may be 70% or less, 65% or less, or 60% or less. The lower the initial gel fraction, the easier it is to obtain high peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating). In addition, from the viewpoint of obtaining pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formability, appropriate cohesiveness, and holding power, in some embodiments, the initial gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is suitably 20% or more, preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more, and may be 60% or more, or may be 65% or more. Pressure-sensitive adhesives having an appropriate initial gel fraction within the above range tend to have good curing reactivity (e.g., heat curing reactivity).

 また、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の加熱後のゲル分率は、加熱前ゲル分率よりも高いことが好ましい。例えば、粘着剤層は、式:
   加熱後ゲル分率上昇量[%]=(G1/G0-1)×100
(上式中、G1は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後の粘着剤層のゲル分率[%]であり、G0は、粘着剤層の加熱前ゲル分率[%]である。)
;により求められる加熱後ゲル分率上昇量が10%以上であることが好ましく、20%以上がより好ましく、30%以上がさらに好ましく、40%以上であってもよく、50%以上でもよく、60%以上でもよく、70%以上でもよい。上記加熱後ゲル分率上昇量を有する粘着剤は、加熱により硬化しやすく、高い加熱後剥離力低減率、ひいては、優れた加熱易剥離性、耐熱易剥離性が得られやすい傾向がある。また、いくつかの態様において、加熱後ゲル分率上昇量の上限は、目的とする熱硬化性により適切に設定され、例えば90%以下であってもよく、80%以下でもよく、70%以下でもよく、60%以下でもよく、50%以下でもよく、40%以下でもよく、30%以下でもよい。
In some embodiments, the gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after heating is preferably higher than the gel fraction before heating.
Increase in gel fraction after heating [%] = (G1/G0-1) x 100
(In the above formula, G1 is the gel fraction [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after heat treatment at 180° C. for 30 minutes, and G0 is the gel fraction [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer before heating.)
The gel fraction increase after heating calculated by is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, even more preferably 30% or more, and may be 40% or more, 50% or more, 60% or more, or 70% or more. The pressure-sensitive adhesive having the above gel fraction increase after heating is easily cured by heating, and tends to easily obtain a high peel force reduction rate after heating, and thus excellent heat peelability and heat resistance peelability. In some embodiments, the upper limit of the gel fraction increase after heating is appropriately set according to the desired thermosetting property, and may be, for example, 90% or less, 80% or less, 70% or less, 60% or less, 50% or less, 40% or less, or 30% or less.

 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の加熱後ゲル分率(重量基準)は、加熱易剥離性発現の観点から、50%以上(例えば50%超)が適当であり、好ましくは70%以上、より好ましくは80%以上、さらに好ましくは85%以上、特に好ましくは90%以上であり、95%以上であってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の加熱後ゲル分率は、例えば99%以下であってもよく、95%以下でもよく、90%以下でもよい。 Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the gel fraction after heating (by weight) of the adhesive layer is appropriately 50% or more (e.g., more than 50%) from the viewpoint of exhibiting easy peelability upon heating, and is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, even more preferably 85% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more. In some embodiments, the gel fraction after heating of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 99% or less, 95% or less, or 90% or less.

 粘着剤層のゲル分率は、主として、ポリマーのモノマー組成、Mw、配合モノマーの配合の有無や量、架橋剤種、量等により調整することができる。また、加熱後ゲル分率は、主として、ポリマーの設計(例えば、エチレン性不飽和基の導入量)や、配合モノマーの配合や種類、量、熱重合開始剤の使用や種類、量により調整することができる。上記各ゲル分率は、具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 The gel fraction of the adhesive layer can be adjusted mainly by the monomer composition of the polymer, Mw, the presence or absence and amount of blended monomers, the type and amount of crosslinking agent, etc. The gel fraction after heating can be adjusted mainly by the design of the polymer (e.g., the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups introduced), the blend, type and amount of blended monomers, and the use, type and amount of thermal polymerization initiator. Specifically, each of the above gel fractions is measured by the method described in the Examples below.

 (ヤング率)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後のヤング率Y1[MPa]が、加熱前のヤング率Y0[MPa]の100倍以上、すなわち加熱後ヤング率変化比(Y1/Y0)が100以上であることが好ましい。上記加熱後ヤング率変化比(Y1/Y0)が高いほど、加熱時における粘着剤層の硬化度は高く、優れた加熱易剥離性が得られやすい傾向がある。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記加熱後ヤング率変化比(Y1/Y0)は、200以上であってもよく、300以上でもよく、500以上でもよく、800以上でもよく、1000以上でもよく、1200以上でもよく、1500以上でもよく、1800以上でもよく、2000以上でもよい。また、加熱前の粘着剤層に適度な弾性率を持たせるなどの観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記加熱後ヤング率変化比(Y1/Y0)は、10000以下程度とすることが適当であり、5000以下が好ましく、2500以下がより好ましく、1500以下であってもよく、1000以下でもよく、500以下でもよい。
(Young's Modulus)
Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the Young's modulus Y1 [MPa] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after 30 minutes of heat treatment at 180 ° C. is preferably 100 times or more of the Young's modulus Y0 [MPa] before heating, that is, the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1 / Y0) is preferably 100 or more. The higher the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1 / Y0), the higher the degree of curing of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer during heating, and the easier it is to obtain excellent heat peelability. In some preferred embodiments, the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1 / Y0) may be 200 or more, 300 or more, 500 or more, 800 or more, 1000 or more, 1200 or more, 1500 or more, 1800 or more, or 2000 or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of providing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with an appropriate elastic modulus before heating, in some embodiments, the above-mentioned Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1/Y0) is suitably about 10,000 or less, preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, may be 1,500 or less, may be 1,000 or less, or may be 500 or less.

 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の加熱前ヤング率(初期ヤング率)Y0は、例えば凡そ10MPa以下であることが適当であり、好ましくは1MPa以下、より好ましくは0.5MPa以下、さらに好ましくは0.3MPa以下であり、0.2MPa以下でもよい。上記の加熱前ヤング率Y0を有する粘着剤層によると、被着体に対する十分な接着性および良好な易剥離性(例えば加熱易剥離性)が得られやすい傾向がある。また、粘着剤層形成性や、適度な凝集性、保持力を得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の加熱前ヤング率Y0は0.01MPa以上が適当であり、好ましくは0.03MPa以上、より好ましくは0.05MPa以上、さらに好ましくは0.08MPa以上であり、0.10MPa以上であってもよく、0.12MPa以上でもよく、0.15MPa以上でもよい。 Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the Young's modulus before heating (initial Young's modulus) Y0 of the adhesive layer is, for example, suitably about 10 MPa or less, preferably 1 MPa or less, more preferably 0.5 MPa or less, even more preferably 0.3 MPa or less, and may be 0.2 MPa or less. An adhesive layer having the above pre-heating Young's modulus Y0 tends to easily obtain sufficient adhesion to the adherend and good peelability (e.g., easy peelability by heating). In addition, from the viewpoint of obtaining adhesive layer formability, appropriate cohesiveness, and holding power, in some embodiments, the Young's modulus before heating Y0 of the adhesive layer is suitably 0.01 MPa or more, preferably 0.03 MPa or more, more preferably 0.05 MPa or more, even more preferably 0.08 MPa or more, and may be 0.10 MPa or more, 0.12 MPa or more, or 0.15 MPa or more.

 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の加熱後ヤング率Y1は、10MPa以上が適当であり、好ましくは30MPa以上、より好ましくは50MPa以上、さらに好ましくは70MPa以上である。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記加熱後ヤング率Y1は、100MPa以上であってもよく、150MPa以上でもよく、200MPa以上でもよい。所定値以上の加熱後ヤング率を有する粘着剤層によると、加熱後の硬化度が高く、優れた加熱易剥離性が得られやすい傾向がある。また、いくつかの態様において、上記加熱後ヤング率Y1は、例えば凡そ500MPa以下であってもよく、300MPa以下でもよく、150MPa以下でもよく、100MPa以下でもよく、70MPa以下でもよく、50MPa以下でもよい。 Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the Young's modulus Y1 after heating of the adhesive layer is suitably 10 MPa or more, preferably 30 MPa or more, more preferably 50 MPa or more, and even more preferably 70 MPa or more. In some preferred embodiments, the Young's modulus Y1 after heating may be 100 MPa or more, 150 MPa or more, or 200 MPa or more. An adhesive layer having a Young's modulus after heating of a predetermined value or more tends to have a high degree of hardening after heating and to easily obtain excellent peelability upon heating. In some embodiments, the Young's modulus Y1 after heating may be, for example, approximately 500 MPa or less, 300 MPa or less, 150 MPa or less, 100 MPa or less, 70 MPa or less, or 50 MPa or less.

 粘着剤層のヤング率は、主として、ポリマーのモノマー組成、Mw、配合モノマーの配合の有無や量、架橋剤種、量等により調整することができる。また、加熱後ヤング率Y1は、主として、ポリマーの設計(例えば、エチレン性不飽和基の導入量)や、配合モノマーの配合や種類、量、熱重合開始剤の使用や種類、量により調整することができる。上記各ヤング率Y0,Y1は、具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 The Young's modulus of the adhesive layer can be adjusted mainly by the monomer composition of the polymer, Mw, whether or not and the amount of blended monomers are blended, the type and amount of crosslinking agent, etc. The Young's modulus after heating Y1 can be adjusted mainly by the design of the polymer (for example, the amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups introduced), the blend, type and amount of blended monomers, and the use, type and amount of thermal polymerization initiator. Specifically, each of the above Young's moduli Y0 and Y1 is measured by the method described in the Examples below.

 <第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層>
 粘着シートとして、基材の各面に粘着剤層を有する基材付き両面粘着シートが用いられる態様において、基材の各面に設けられる第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層については、上述の粘着剤層について記載した事項が適用される。また、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の一方については、上述の粘着剤層について記載した事項の範囲内で設計し、他方の粘着剤層については、非硬化性に設計してもよい。例えば、他方の粘着剤層については、エチレン性不飽和基およびラジカル重合開始剤の少なくとも一方(例えば両方)を実質的に含まない設計としてもよい。その場合、エチレン性不飽和基およびラジカル重合開始剤に関する事項以外は上記の粘着剤層について記載した事項が適用される。あるいは、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の他方については、公知ないし慣用の粘着剤から形成した粘着剤層を使用してもよい。
<First Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer and Second Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer>
In an embodiment in which a substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on each side of the substrate is used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the matters described above regarding the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are applied to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on each side of the substrate. In addition, one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be designed within the scope of the matters described above regarding the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be designed to be non-curable. For example, the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be designed to substantially not contain at least one (e.g., both) of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator. In that case, the matters described above regarding the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are applied except for the matters related to the ethylenically unsaturated group and the radical polymerization initiator. Alternatively, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a known or commonly used pressure-sensitive adhesive may be used for the other of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 粘着シートとして基材付き両面粘着シートが用いられる態様において、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の種類、組成、形成方法等は同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。また、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の特性(ゲル分率特性、ヤング率特性等)は同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。さらに、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の厚さは同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、第1粘着剤層は配合モノマーおよびラジカル重合開始剤を含む組成とし、第2粘着剤層は、配合モノマーおよびラジカル重合開始剤(例えば、過酸化物系重合開始剤等の熱重合開始剤)の少なくとも一方を含まない組成としてもよい。また、特に限定するものではないが、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の一方は、上記加熱後ヤング率変化比(Y1/Y0)が100以上となるよう設計し、他方は上記加熱後ヤング率変化比(Y1/Y0)が100未満(例えば50以下、30以下、10以下または3以下)となるよう設計してもよい。その場合、上記他方の粘着剤層のヤング率については、180℃で30分の加熱処理前後において、上述した加熱前ヤング率(初期ヤング率)Y0の記載事項が適用される。 In embodiments in which a double-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate is used as the adhesive sheet, the type, composition, formation method, etc. of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be the same or different. In addition, the properties (gel fraction properties, Young's modulus properties, etc.) of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be the same or different. Furthermore, the thicknesses of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be the same or different. Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the first adhesive layer may have a composition including a blended monomer and a radical polymerization initiator, and the second adhesive layer may have a composition not including at least one of the blended monomer and the radical polymerization initiator (e.g., a thermal polymerization initiator such as a peroxide-based polymerization initiator). Also, although not particularly limited, one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be designed so that the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1/Y0) is 100 or more, and the other may be designed so that the Young's modulus change ratio after heating (Y1/Y0) is less than 100 (for example, 50 or less, 30 or less, 10 or less, or 3 or less). In this case, the Young's modulus of the other adhesive layer is as described above for the pre-heat Young's modulus (initial Young's modulus) Y0 before and after the heat treatment at 180° C. for 30 minutes.

 <基材層>
 ここに開示される粘着シートは基材層を含み得る。粘着剤層を支持(裏打ち)する基材(層)として、各種のシート状基材を用いることができる。上記基材としては、樹脂フィルム、紙、布(織布、不織布等)、ゴムシート、発泡体シート、金属箔、これらの複合体等を用いることができる。樹脂フィルムの例としては、ポリオレフィン製フィルム;ポリエステルフィルム;塩化ビニル樹脂フィルム;酢酸ビニル樹脂フィルム;ポリアミド樹脂フィルム;フッ素樹脂フィルム;セロハン;等が挙げられる。ポリエステルフィルムの非限定的な例としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等が挙げられる。樹脂フィルムの他の例として、ポリフェニレンスルフィド系樹脂、ポリスルホン系樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン系樹脂、ポリアリレート系樹脂、ポリアミドイミド系樹脂、ポリイミド系樹脂等の1種または2種以上のエンジニアリングプラスチック(スーパーエンジニアリングプラスチックであり得る。)から形成された樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。エンジニアリングプラスチックの使用は耐熱性の観点から好ましい。
<Base layer>
The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may include a substrate layer. Various sheet-like substrates can be used as the substrate (layer) that supports (backs) the adhesive layer. As the substrate, a resin film, paper, cloth (woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, etc.), a rubber sheet, a foam sheet, a metal foil, a composite of these, etc. can be used. Examples of the resin film include polyolefin film; polyester film; vinyl chloride resin film; vinyl acetate resin film; polyamide resin film; fluororesin film; cellophane; and the like. Non-limiting examples of polyester films include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and the like. Other examples of the resin film include resin films formed from one or more engineering plastics (which may be super engineering plastics), such as polyphenylene sulfide resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyetheretherketone resins, polyarylate resins, polyamideimide resins, and polyimide resins. The use of engineering plastics is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、所定の剛性(強度)を有し、加工性、取扱い性に優れる樹脂フィルムを基材(層)として用いる。なかでも、耐熱性の観点から、樹脂フィルム基材としてポリエステルフィルム、ポリアミド樹脂フィルム、エンジニアリングプラスチックフィルム(例えばポリイミド系樹脂フィルム等)が好ましい。なお、この明細書において「樹脂フィルム」とは、典型的には非多孔質のフィルムであって、典型的には実質的に気泡を含まない(ボイドレスの)樹脂フィルムを意味する。したがって、上記樹脂フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布とは区別される概念である。基材として用いられ得る樹脂フィルムの密度は、凡そ0.85~1.50g/cm(例えば0.90g/cm~1.20g/cm、典型的には0.92g/cm~1.05g/cm)程度であり得る。上記樹脂フィルムは、単層構造であってもよく、2層以上の多層構造(例えば3層構造)であってもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, a resin film having a predetermined rigidity (strength) and excellent processability and handling properties is used as the substrate (layer). Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyester films, polyamide resin films, and engineering plastic films (e.g., polyimide resin films, etc.) are preferred as the resin film substrate. In this specification, the term "resin film" typically refers to a non-porous film, and typically refers to a resin film that does not substantially contain air bubbles (voidless). Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinguished from foam films and nonwoven fabrics. The density of the resin film that can be used as the substrate can be about 0.85 to 1.50 g/cm 3 (e.g., 0.90 g/cm 3 to 1.20 g/cm 3 , typically 0.92 g/cm 3 to 1.05 g/cm 3 ). The resin film may be a single-layer structure, or a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (e.g., a three-layer structure).

 基材層(例えば樹脂フィルム)には、光安定剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填材、スリップ剤、アンチブロッキング剤等の公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて配合することができる。添加剤の配合量は特に限定されず、用途等に応じて適宜設定することができる。 The base layer (e.g., a resin film) can contain known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, and antiblocking agents, as necessary. The amount of additives to be added is not particularly limited, and can be set appropriately depending on the application, etc.

 樹脂フィルムの製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、押出成形、インフレーション成形、Tダイキャスト成形、カレンダーロール成形等の、従来公知の一般的な樹脂フィルム成形方法を適宜採用することができる。 The method for producing the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventional resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately used.

 上記基材層は、樹脂フィルムから実質的に構成されたものであり得る。あるいは、上記基材層は、上記樹脂フィルムの他に、補助的な層を含むものであってもよい。上記補助的な層の例としては、光学特性調整層(例えば着色層、反射防止層)、所望の外観を付与するための印刷層やラミネート層、帯電防止層、下塗り層、剥離層等の表面処理層が挙げられる。 The substrate layer may be substantially composed of a resin film. Alternatively, the substrate layer may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the resin film. Examples of the auxiliary layer include an optical property adjusting layer (e.g., a coloring layer, an anti-reflection layer), a printing layer or a lamination layer for imparting a desired appearance, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, a release layer, and other surface treatment layers.

 基材層の厚さは特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択できるが、一般的には1~500μmであり得る。加工性や取扱い性、作業性等の観点から、基材層の厚さは2μm以上(例えば3μm以上、典型的には5μm以上)であることが適当であり、凡そ7μm以上であってもよく、10μm以上でもよい。また、基材層の厚さは、凡そ200μm以下であることが適当であり、軽量化や薄厚化の観点から、好ましくは凡そ100μm以下、より好ましくは凡そ50μm以下であり、30μm以下であってもよく、20μm以下でもよく、15μm以下でもよい。基材層の厚さが小さくなると、粘着シートの柔軟性や被着体の表面形状への追従性が向上する傾向にある。 The thickness of the base layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but can generally be 1 to 500 μm. From the viewpoints of processability, handling, workability, etc., the thickness of the base layer is suitably 2 μm or more (for example, 3 μm or more, typically 5 μm or more), and may be approximately 7 μm or more, or may be 10 μm or more. In addition, the thickness of the base layer is suitably approximately 200 μm or less, and from the viewpoints of weight reduction and thinness, it is preferably approximately 100 μm or less, more preferably approximately 50 μm or less, and may be 30 μm or less, 20 μm or less, or 15 μm or less. When the thickness of the base layer is reduced, the flexibility of the adhesive sheet and its ability to follow the surface shape of the adherend tend to improve.

 基材層の粘着剤層側表面には、必要に応じて、コロナ処理やプラズマ処理等、紫外線照射処理、酸処理、アルカリ処理、下塗り剤(プライマー)の塗布等の、従来公知の表面処理が施されていてもよい。このような表面処理は、基材層と粘着剤層との密着性、言い換えると粘着剤層の基材層への投錨性を向上させるための処理であり得る。プライマーの組成は特に限定されず、公知のものから適宜選択することができる。下塗り層の厚さは特に制限されないが、例えば0.01μm~1μm程度が適当であり、0.1μm~1μm程度が好ましい。また、基材層の背面には、上記の各種表面処理や、帯電防止処理等の表面処理が施されていてもよい。 The surface of the base layer facing the adhesive layer may be subjected to conventional surface treatments such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, application of a primer, etc., as necessary. Such surface treatments may be treatments for improving the adhesion between the base layer and the adhesive layer, in other words, the anchoring ability of the adhesive layer to the base layer. The composition of the primer is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from known ones. The thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but is, for example, about 0.01 μm to 1 μm, and preferably about 0.1 μm to 1 μm. The back surface of the base layer may be subjected to the various surface treatments described above, antistatic treatment, etc.

 <総厚>
 ここに開示される粘着シート(粘着剤層と基材層とを含み得るが、はく離ライナーは含まない。)の総厚は特に限定されず、凡そ5~1000μmの範囲とすることが適当である。粘着シートの総厚は、粘着特性、取扱い性等の観点から10μm以上であってもよく、15μm以上でもよく、20μm以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、粘着シートの総厚は、30μm以上であってもよく、40μm以上でもよく、50μm以上でもよい。また、軽量化や薄厚化の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着シートの総厚は500μm以下であり、300μm以下であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着シートの総厚は、100μm以下(例えば100μm未満)であり、より好ましくは80μm以下であり、70μm以下であってもよい。粘着シートの厚さを薄くすることは、薄膜化、小型化、軽量化、省資源化等の点でも有利である。
<Total thickness>
The total thickness of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (which may include the adhesive layer and the base layer, but does not include the release liner) is not particularly limited, and is suitably in the range of about 5 to 1000 μm. The total thickness of the adhesive sheet may be 10 μm or more, 15 μm or more, or 20 μm or more, from the viewpoints of adhesive properties, handling, and the like. In some embodiments, the total thickness of the adhesive sheet may be 30 μm or more, 40 μm or more, or 50 μm or more. In addition, from the viewpoints of weight reduction and thinning, in some embodiments, the total thickness of the adhesive sheet is 500 μm or less, or may be 300 μm or less. In some preferred embodiments, the total thickness of the adhesive sheet is 100 μm or less (e.g., less than 100 μm), more preferably 80 μm or less, or may be 70 μm or less. Reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet is advantageous in terms of thinning, miniaturization, weight reduction, resource saving, and the like.

 <はく離ライナー>
 ここに開示される粘着シート(使用前の粘着シート)に用いられるはく離ライナー(release liner)としては、特に限定されず、例えば樹脂フィルムや紙等のライナー基材の表面が剥離処理されたはく離ライナーや、フッ素系ポリマー(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等)やポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等)の低接着性材料からなるはく離ライナー等を用いることができる。上記剥離処理には、例えば、シリコーン系、長鎖アルキル系等の剥離処理剤が用いられ得る。いくつかの態様において、剥離処理された樹脂フィルムをはく離ライナーとして好ましく採用し得る。
<Release liner>
The release liner used in the adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet before use) disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a release liner in which the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper has been subjected to a release treatment, or a release liner made of a low-adhesion material such as a fluorine-based polymer (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or a polyolefin-based resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). For the release treatment, for example, a silicone-based or long-chain alkyl-based release treating agent may be used. In some embodiments, a release-treated resin film may be preferably used as the release liner.

 <粘着シートの特性>
 (加熱後剥離力F1)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着シートの加熱後剥離力F1は、特に限定されず、加熱後において所望の易剥離性を示すように適切に設定し得る。いくつかの態様において、上記加熱後剥離力F1は、上記易剥離性の観点から、例えば3.0N/20mm未満であることが適当であり、2.0N/20mm以下であることが有利であり、1.0N/20mm以下であることが好ましい。加熱後においてより高レベルの易剥離性が求められるいくつかの態様において、上記加熱後剥離力F1は、例えば、1.0N/20mm未満であってよく、好ましくは0.8N/20mm以下、より好ましくは0.6N/20mm以下、さらに好ましくは0.5N/20mm以下であり、0.4N/20mm以下であってもよく、0.3N/20mm以下でもよく、0.2N/20mm以下でもよく、0.2N/20mm未満でもよい。このように加熱後剥離力F1の低い粘着シートは、被着体に加わる負荷を抑えつつ、該被着体を容易に剥がすことができる。したがって、例えばガラス材料や半導体材料などの脆性材料(典型的には硬脆材料)からなる被着体に貼り付けられる態様でも好ましく用いられ得る。加熱後剥離力F1は、典型的には0N/20mm超であり、加熱後の被着体保持性等の観点から、0.01N/20mm以上であることが適当である。加熱後剥離力F1は、例えば0.05N/20mm以上であってよく、0.1N/20mm以上であってもよく、0.2N/20mm以上、0.3N/20mm以上または0.4N/20mm以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、加熱後剥離力F1は、0.5N/20mm以上でもよく、0.8N/20mm以上でもよく、1.0N/20mm以上、1.5N/20mm以上または2.0N/20mm以上でもよい。なお、加熱後剥離力F1は、ガラス板に貼り付けて180℃で30分間加熱処理した後に23℃、50%RHの環境下で測定される剥離強度(剥離力)のことをいう。
<Characteristics of adhesive sheet>
(Post-heat peel force F1)
Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the peeling force F1 after heating of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set so as to show the desired easy peeling property after heating. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of the easy peeling property, the peeling force F1 after heating is suitably less than 3.0 N/20 mm, advantageously 2.0 N/20 mm or less, and preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or less. In some embodiments where a higher level of easy peeling property is required after heating, the peeling force F1 after heating may be, for example, less than 1.0 N/20 mm, preferably 0.8 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.6 N/20 mm or less, even more preferably 0.5 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.4 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.3 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.2 N/20 mm or less, or may be less than 0.2 N/20 mm. In this way, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a low peeling force F1 after heating can easily peel off the adherend while suppressing the load applied to the adherend. Therefore, it can be preferably used in an embodiment in which it is attached to an adherend made of a brittle material (typically a hard brittle material) such as a glass material or a semiconductor material. The peeling force F1 after heating is typically more than 0 N/20 mm, and from the viewpoint of the adherend retention after heating, it is appropriate to be 0.01 N/20 mm or more. The peeling force F1 after heating may be, for example, 0.05 N/20 mm or more, 0.1 N/20 mm or more, 0.2 N/20 mm or more, 0.3 N/20 mm or more, or 0.4 N/20 mm or more. In some embodiments, the peeling force F1 after heating may be 0.5 N/20 mm or more, 0.8 N/20 mm or more, 1.0 N/20 mm or more, 1.5 N/20 mm or more, or 2.0 N/20 mm or more. The post-heat peel strength F1 refers to the peel strength (peeling strength) measured in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH after the tape is attached to a glass plate and heat-treated at 180° C. for 30 minutes.

 (加熱前剥離力F0)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着シートは、初期(加熱前)剥離力F0が、例えば0.5N/20mm以上であることが適当であり、0.8N/20mm以上であることが有利であり、1.0N/20mm以上であるか、または1.0N/20mmよりも大きいことが好ましい。上記加熱前剥離力F0を示す粘着シートは、被着体に対し良好な接着性を発揮することができ、例えば該被着体を適切に保持することができる。より良好な接着性(例えば、被着体の保持性能)を得やすくする観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記加熱前剥離力F0は、例えば1.2N/20mm以上であってよく、1.5N/20mm以上であってもよく、1.8N/20mm以上でもよく、2.0N/20mm以上でもよく、3.0N/20mm以上でもよく、4.0N/20mm以上でもよく、5.0N/20mm以上でもよく、7.0N/20mm以上でもよく、8.0N/20mm以上でもよく、9.0N/20mm以上でもよく、10N/20mm以上でもよい。加熱前剥離力F0の上限は、要求される接着性に応じて適切に設定されるので、特定の範囲に限定されず、例えば凡そ30N/20mm以下であってよく、20N/20mm以下であってもよく、15N/20mm以下でもよく、10N/20mm以下でもよく、5.0N/20mm以下でもよく、3.0N/20mm以下でもよい。なお、加熱前剥離力F0とは、23℃の環境下にて剥離角度180度、速度300mm/分の条件で測定されるガラス板に対する剥離強度(剥離力)のことをいう。
(Pre-heat peel force F0)
Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the initial (pre-heating) peel strength F0 of the PSA sheet is suitably, for example, 0.5 N/20 mm or more, advantageously 0.8 N/20 mm or more, and preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or more or greater than 1.0 N/20 mm. A PSA sheet exhibiting the above pre-heating peel strength F0 can exhibit good adhesion to an adherend, for example, can adequately hold the adherend. From the viewpoint of making it easier to obtain better adhesion (e.g., retention performance of an adherend), in some embodiments, the pre-heating peel force F0 may be, for example, 1.2 N/20 mm or more, 1.5 N/20 mm or more, 1.8 N/20 mm or more, 2.0 N/20 mm or more, 3.0 N/20 mm or more, 4.0 N/20 mm or more, 5.0 N/20 mm or more, 7.0 N/20 mm or more, 8.0 N/20 mm or more, 9.0 N/20 mm or more, or 10 N/20 mm or more. The upper limit of the pre-heating peeling force F0 is appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, and is not limited to a specific range, and may be, for example, approximately 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less, 15 N/20 mm or less, 10 N/20 mm or less, 5.0 N/20 mm or less, or 3.0 N/20 mm or less. Note that the pre-heating peeling force F0 refers to the peel strength (peel force) against a glass plate measured under conditions of a peel angle of 180 degrees and a speed of 300 mm/min in an environment of 23°C.

 (加熱後剥離力低減率A)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、粘着シートは、上記加熱前剥離力F0および上記加熱後剥離力F1から下式:
   加熱後剥離力低減率A[%]=(1-F1/F0)×100;
により求められる加熱後剥離力低減率Aが、20%よりも高い(例えば、30%よりも高い)ことが適当であり、40%よりも高いことが有利であり、50%よりも高いことが好ましい。上記特性を満足する粘着シートは、被着体に対して良好な接着性を示しつつ、加熱処理後の剥離時には良好な易剥離性(加熱易剥離性)を発揮し得る。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記加熱後剥離力低減率Aは、60%以上であってもよく、70%以上でもよく、80%以上でもよく、85%以上でもよく、90%以上でもよく、95%以上でもよく、97%以上でもよい。加熱後剥離力低減率Aが大きいほど、より優れた加熱易剥離性が発揮され得る。また、いくつかの態様において、加熱後剥離力低減率Aは99.9%未満であることが好ましい。加熱後剥離力低減率Aが99.9%未満である粘着シートによると、加熱後、被着体との接着状態を保持しつつ、被着体に対して所望の易剥離性を有するものとなる。これにより、被着体が加熱により粘着シートから自然に剥がれてしまうことや、それによる不具合の発生が防止される。かかる観点から、上記加熱後剥離力低減率Aは、99.0%以下であってもよく、例えば95.0%未満でもよい。
(Reduced Peel Force after Heating A)
Although not particularly limited thereto, in some embodiments, the PSA sheet can be calculated by the following formula based on the pre-heating peel strength F0 and the post-heating peel strength F1:
Peel force reduction rate after heating A [%] = (1 - F1/F0) x 100;
It is appropriate that the post-heat peel strength reduction rate A obtained by is higher than 20% (for example, higher than 30%), advantageously higher than 40%, and preferably higher than 50%. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet satisfying the above characteristics can exhibit good adhesion to an adherend while exhibiting good easy peelability (easy peelability upon heating) at the time of peeling after heat treatment. In some preferred embodiments, the post-heat peel strength reduction rate A may be 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more. The higher the post-heat peel strength reduction rate A, the better the easy peelability upon heating. In some embodiments, the post-heat peel strength reduction rate A is preferably less than 99.9%. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a post-heat peel strength reduction rate A of less than 99.9% can maintain the adhesion state with the adherend after heating while having the desired easy peelability from the adherend. This prevents the adherend from naturally peeling off from the PSA sheet due to heating and the resulting defects. From this viewpoint, the peel strength reduction rate A after heating may be 99.0% or less, and may be, for example, less than 95.0%.

 加熱前剥離力、加熱後剥離力およびそれらの相対関係は、本明細書の記載内容に基づき、粘着剤層に含まれるポリマーの種類(モノマー組成等)、粘着剤層に含まれ得る他の成分(例えば、後述する熱重合開始剤、多官能モノマー)の含有の有無、種類および含有量、それらの組合せや、その他、各粘着剤層における架橋剤の使用の有無、種類および使用量等を適切に選定することによって、実現および調節することができる。 The pre-heating peeling force, post-heating peeling force, and the relative relationship between them can be achieved and adjusted based on the contents of this specification by appropriately selecting the type of polymer contained in the adhesive layer (monomer composition, etc.), the presence or absence, type and amount of other components that may be contained in the adhesive layer (for example, a thermal polymerization initiator, described below, and a polyfunctional monomer), and combinations thereof, as well as the presence or absence, type and amount of a crosslinking agent used in each adhesive layer, etc.

 また、粘着シートとして、基材の各面に粘着剤層を有する基材付き両面粘着シートが用いられる態様において、第1粘着剤層表面および第2粘着剤層表面の加熱前剥離力、加熱後剥離力は同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In addition, in an embodiment in which a substrate-attached double-sided adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer on each side of the substrate is used as the adhesive sheet, the pre-heat peel strength and post-heat peel strength of the first adhesive layer surface and the second adhesive layer surface may be the same or different.

 加熱前剥離力F0および加熱後剥離力F1は、具体的には下記の方法で測定される。
 (加熱前剥離力F0)
 粘着シートを、幅20mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットし、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、上記粘着シートの粘着面を被着体としてのアルカリガラス板(松浪硝子工業社製、厚さ1.35mm、青板縁磨品)に、2kgのローラーを1往復させて圧着して貼り合わせる。同環境下にて、上記粘着シートを貼り付けた被着体を6時間静置したものを評価用サンプルとして用いる。上記評価用サンプルを、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、引張試験機にセットし、剥離角度180度、速度300mm/分の条件で被着体から粘着シートを引き剥がしたときの剥離強度(加熱前剥離力)F0[N/20mm幅]を測定する。引張試験機としては、Shimadzu社製の製品名「EZ-S 500N」またはその相当品を用いることができる。また、評価用サンプルの作製に使用する粘着シートが両面粘着シートの場合は、非測定面をPETフィルムで裏打ちして測定を実施すればよい。
Specifically, the peel force before heating F0 and the peel force after heating F1 are measured by the following method.
(Pre-heat peel force F0)
The adhesive sheet is cut to a size of 20 mm wide and 100 mm long, and the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet is pressed and bonded to an alkaline glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35 mm, blue plate edge polished product) as an adherend under an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH by rolling a 2 kg roller back and forth once. The adherend to which the adhesive sheet is attached is left for 6 hours under the same environment and used as an evaluation sample. The evaluation sample is set in a tensile tester under an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, and the peel strength (peel force before heating) F0 [N / 20 mm width] is measured when the adhesive sheet is peeled off from the adherend under the conditions of a peel angle of 180 degrees and a speed of 300 mm / min. As the tensile tester, a Shimadzu product name "EZ-S 500N" or an equivalent product can be used. Furthermore, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used to prepare the evaluation sample is a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the measurement may be performed with the non-measurement surface backed with a PET film.

 (加熱後剥離力F1)
 粘着シートを用いて、上記加熱前剥離力F0測定に記載の方法で評価用サンプルを作製する。得られた評価用サンプルを、180℃のオーブンにて30分間加熱処理し、オーブンから取り出して30分間23℃、50%RHの環境下に静置する。そして、上記評価用サンプルを、同環境下において、引張試験機にセットし、剥離角度180度、速度300mm/分の条件で被着体から粘着シートを引き剥がしたときの剥離強度(加熱後剥離力)F1[N/20mm幅]を測定する。被着体、引張試験機、その他の事項については、加熱前剥離力F0の測定と同様である。
(Post-heat peel force F1)
Using the pressure sensitive adhesive sheet, prepare an evaluation sample by the method described in the above-mentioned pre-heat peeling force F0 measurement. The obtained evaluation sample is heated in an oven at 180°C for 30 minutes, and then removed from the oven and left to stand in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 30 minutes. Then, the evaluation sample is set in a tensile tester in the same environment, and the peel strength (post-heat peeling force) F1 [N/20mm width] is measured when the pressure sensitive adhesive sheet is peeled off from the adherend under the conditions of a peel angle of 180° and a speed of 300mm/min. The adherend, tensile tester, and other items are the same as those in the measurement of pre-heat peeling force F0.

 <第1の部材および第2の部材>
 第1の部材および第2の部材の材料は、特に限定されず、後述の被着体材料として例示する各種の材料を用いることができる。例えば、ガラス、半導体材料(シリコンウエハ等)、金属材料、セラミック材料および樹脂材料の1種または2種以上を含んで構成されているものを用いることができる。ここに開示される技術において、第1の部材および第2の部材としては、ガラス、半導体材料、金属材料、セラミック材料が用いられ得る。これらは、所定の耐熱性を有するので、ここに開示される加熱易剥離技術を適用することができる。また、上記材料は、剛体材料の典型例である。第1の部材および第2の部材がともに剛体である場合、部材の分離に、部材の変形を利用することができないが、ここに開示される分離方法を適用することにより、剛体同士の接合を容易に解除することができる。また、薄厚のガラス、半導体材料は、脆性材料、硬脆材料の典型例である。そのような材料からなる部材が接着した構造体に対して、ここに開示される分離方法を適用することにより、部材を破損することなく部材を分離することができる。第1の部材、第2の部材の材料は、同じであってもよく、あるいは異なってもよい。
<First Member and Second Member>
The materials of the first member and the second member are not particularly limited, and various materials exemplified as the adherend material described later can be used. For example, a material containing one or more of glass, semiconductor material (silicon wafer, etc.), metal material, ceramic material, and resin material can be used. In the technology disclosed herein, glass, semiconductor material, metal material, and ceramic material can be used as the first member and the second member. Since these have a predetermined heat resistance, the heating easy peeling technology disclosed herein can be applied. In addition, the above materials are typical examples of rigid materials. When the first member and the second member are both rigid bodies, the deformation of the members cannot be used to separate the members, but by applying the separation method disclosed herein, the bond between the rigid bodies can be easily released. In addition, thin glass and semiconductor materials are typical examples of brittle materials and hard and brittle materials. By applying the separation method disclosed herein to a structure to which members made of such materials are bonded, the members can be separated without damaging the members. The materials of the first member and the second member may be the same or different.

 なお、「剛体」とは、人力では実質的に変形しない剛性およびサイズを有する物体をいう。特に限定するものではないが、本明細書における「剛体」とは、引張弾性率が1×1010Pa以上ある;および、曲げ剛性が0.01Pa・m以上である;の少なくとも一方を満足する物体をいうものとする。 The term "rigid body" refers to an object that has a rigidity and size that is not substantially deformed by human force. Although not particularly limited, the term "rigid body" in this specification refers to an object that satisfies at least one of the following: a tensile modulus of elasticity of 1×10 10 Pa or more; and a bending rigidity of 0.01 Pa·m 3 or more.

 なお、上記引張弾性率とは、JIS K7161に準拠して測定される引張弾性率をいう。より具体的には、下記の方法で測定される。
 [引張試験]
 測定対象物を幅10mmの短冊状にカットして試験片を作製する。この試験片を、JIS K7161に準拠して、下記条件で延伸することにより応力-ひずみ曲線を得る。
 (延伸条件)
 測定温度:25℃
 引張速度:300mm/分
 チャック間距離:50mm
 引張試験機としては、万能引張圧縮試験機(装置名「引張圧縮試験機、TCM-1kNB」、ミネベア社製)またはその相当品を用いることができる。
 引張弾性率は、上記応力-ひずみ曲線の線形回帰から求められる。
 また、上記曲げ剛性値D[Pa・m]は、材料の厚さをh[m]および該材料のポアソン比をνとし、引張弾性率をE[Pa]とした場合に、式:
   D=Eh/12(1-ν);
により求められる値である。
The tensile modulus refers to the tensile modulus measured in accordance with JIS K7161. More specifically, it is measured by the following method.
[Tensile test]
The measurement object is cut into a strip of 10 mm width to prepare a test piece. The test piece is stretched under the following conditions in accordance with JIS K7161 to obtain a stress-strain curve.
(Stretching conditions)
Measurement temperature: 25°C
Pulling speed: 300 mm/min Chuck distance: 50 mm
As the tensile tester, a universal tensile/compression tester (device name "tensile/compression tester, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or an equivalent can be used.
The tensile modulus is determined from the linear regression of the stress-strain curve.
The bending stiffness value D [Pa·m 3 ] is expressed by the following formula, where the thickness of the material is h [m], the Poisson's ratio of the material is ν, and the tensile modulus of elasticity is E [Pa]:
D=Eh 3 /12(1-ν 2 );
This is the value calculated by:

 また、いくつかの態様において、第1の部材および上記第2の部材は光線非透過性(典型的には紫外線非透過性)であってもよい。そのような光線非透過性の部材材料としては、シリコンウエハ等の半導体材料や金属材料が挙げられる。ここに開示される技術によると、熱硬化性粘着剤を用いて加熱処理により接着力が低下し得るので、光線非透過性の部材が用いられるような紫外線照射剥離型粘着剤を適用できない場面において、上記光線非透過性部材の分離が可能である。 In some embodiments, the first member and the second member may be non-transparent to light (typically non-transparent to ultraviolet light). Examples of such non-transparent member materials include semiconductor materials such as silicon wafers and metal materials. According to the technology disclosed herein, the adhesive strength of a thermosetting adhesive can be reduced by heat treatment, so that the non-transparent member can be separated in situations where a non-transparent member is used and an ultraviolet-exposure peelable adhesive cannot be applied.

 また、いくつかの態様において、例えば第1の部材がガラス板や半導体ウエハの場合、第2の部材は第1の部材を支持するプレート(支持台ともいう。)であってもよい。例えば、ガラス板を含む光学部材の加工や半導体ウエハの加工において、上記のような第1の部材および第2の部材の組合せが採用され得る。上記支持台の例としては、接着部に接着する面(すなわち粘着シートが配置される面)に1つまたは複数の流通孔の開口を有するものが挙げられる。上記支持台は、典型的には金属製であるが、セラミック材料や樹脂材料から形成されていてもよい。 In some embodiments, for example when the first member is a glass plate or a semiconductor wafer, the second member may be a plate (also called a support stand) that supports the first member. For example, a combination of the first member and the second member as described above may be used in processing optical members including glass plates or processing semiconductor wafers. An example of the support stand is one that has one or more flow hole openings on the surface that adheres to the adhesive portion (i.e., the surface on which the adhesive sheet is placed). The support stand is typically made of metal, but may be made of a ceramic material or a resin material.

 第1の部材および/または第2の部材の厚さは、特に限定されず、いくつかの態様において、例えば凡そ0.05mm以上であってもよく、凡そ0.1mm以上でもよく、0.2mm以上でもよく、0.3mm以上でもよく、凡そ0.5mm以上でもよい。所定以上の厚さを有するガラス(例えばガラス板)、半導体材料(例えばシリコンウエハ)、金属材料(例えば金属板)、セラミック材料(例えばセラミック板)は、剛体としての性質を有し得るため、ここに開示される技術を適用する利点が大きい。いくつかの態様において、上記厚さは、凡そ1mm以上であってもよく、2mm以上でもよく、3mm以上でもよく、4mm以上でもよく、5mm以上でもよい。第1の部材および/または第2の部材の最大厚みは、特に限定されず、30cm以下程度であってもよく、10cm以下程度でもよく、1cm以下程度でもよく、5mm以下程度でもよく、2mm以下程度でもよい。いくつかの態様において、第1の部材および/または第2の部材の厚さは、凡そ1mm以下(例えば1mm未満)であってもよく、0.7mm以下でもよく、0.5mm以下(例えば0.5mm未満)でもよく、0.3mm以下でもよい。所定以下の厚さを有するガラス(例えばガラス板)、半導体材料(例えばシリコンウエハ)は、脆性材料(典型的には硬脆材料)としての性質を有し得るため、ここに開示される技術を適用する利点が大きい。 The thickness of the first member and/or the second member is not particularly limited, and in some embodiments, may be, for example, approximately 0.05 mm or more, approximately 0.1 mm or more, 0.2 mm or more, 0.3 mm or more, or approximately 0.5 mm or more. Glass (e.g., glass plate), semiconductor material (e.g., silicon wafer), metal material (e.g., metal plate), and ceramic material (e.g., ceramic plate) having a predetermined thickness or more may have properties as a rigid body, so there is a great advantage in applying the technology disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the thickness may be approximately 1 mm or more, 2 mm or more, 3 mm or more, 4 mm or more, or 5 mm or more. The maximum thickness of the first member and/or the second member is not particularly limited, and may be about 30 cm or less, about 10 cm or less, about 1 cm or less, about 5 mm or less, or about 2 mm or less. In some embodiments, the thickness of the first member and/or the second member may be approximately 1 mm or less (e.g., less than 1 mm), 0.7 mm or less, 0.5 mm or less (e.g., less than 0.5 mm), or 0.3 mm or less. Glass (e.g., glass plate) and semiconductor materials (e.g., silicon wafers) having a thickness of a certain amount or less may have the properties of brittle materials (typically hard and brittle materials), so there is a great advantage in applying the technology disclosed herein.

 <用途>
 ここに開示される分離方法および粘着シートが適用される用途は特に制限されない。粘着剤により接着した部材を分離することが求められる各種用途に利用可能である。そのような用途として、例えば、粘着シートに耐熱性が求められるマスキング用途や、仮固定用途、保護用途が挙げられる。また、粘着シートは、例えば、電子機器、電子部品の製造プロセスにおいて被着体に固定され、剥離されるプロセス材としても好ましく用いられ得る。また、ここに開示される分離方法および粘着シートの好適用途として、半導体素子製造用途が挙げられる。例えば、粘着シートは、半導体ウエハ加工(典型的にはシリコンウエハ加工)において該ウエハを固定板に固定するウエハ固定用シートとして好ましく用いられ得る。また、ここに開示される粘着シートは、上記ウエハ加工において該ウエハを保護する保護シートとしても好ましく用いられ得る。特に、半導体素子の製造時においては、加工工程等で加熱に曝され得るので、耐熱易剥離性を有する粘着シートが好ましく利用される。
<Applications>
The applications to which the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein are applied are not particularly limited. They can be used in various applications requiring separation of members bonded by an adhesive. Examples of such applications include masking applications requiring heat resistance in the adhesive sheet, temporary fixing applications, and protective applications. In addition, the adhesive sheet can also be preferably used as a process material that is fixed to an adherend and peeled off in the manufacturing process of electronic devices and electronic components. In addition, a suitable application of the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein includes semiconductor element manufacturing applications. For example, the adhesive sheet can be preferably used as a wafer fixing sheet that fixes the wafer to a fixing plate in semiconductor wafer processing (typically silicon wafer processing). In addition, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can also be preferably used as a protective sheet that protects the wafer in the above-mentioned wafer processing. In particular, during the manufacture of semiconductor elements, the semiconductor elements may be exposed to heat in the processing step, etc., so that an adhesive sheet having heat resistance and easy peelability is preferably used.

 また、ここに開示される分離方法および粘着シートは、光学用途にも適用可能である。より具体的には、例えば、光学部材を貼り合わせる用途(光学部材貼り合わせ用)や上記光学部材が用いられた製品(光学製品)の製造用途等に用いられる光学用粘着シートとして、ここに開示される粘着シートを用いることができる。なお、上記光学部材とは、光学的特性(例えば、偏光性、光屈折性、光散乱性、光反射性、光透過性、光吸収性、光回折性、旋光性、視認性等)を有する部材をいう。上記光学部材としては、光学的特性を有する部材であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、表示装置(画像表示装置)、入力装置等の機器(光学機器)を構成する部材またはこれらの機器に用いられる部材が挙げられる。上記表示装置としては、例えば液晶表示装置、有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)、電子ペーパー等が挙げられる。また上記入力装置としては、タッチパネル等が挙げられる。 The separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein can also be applied to optical applications. More specifically, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used as an optical adhesive sheet used for bonding optical members (for bonding optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the optical members. The optical member refers to a member having optical properties (for example, polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflectivity, light transmittance, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). The optical member is not particularly limited as long as it has optical properties, but examples of the optical member include members constituting devices (optical devices) such as display devices (image display devices) and input devices, or members used in these devices. Examples of the display devices include liquid crystal display devices, organic EL (electroluminescence) display devices, PDPs (plasma display panels), electronic paper, etc. Examples of the input devices include touch panels, etc.

 また、ここに開示される分離方法および粘着シートは、ガラスや半導体材料等の脆性材料(典型的には硬脆材料)を貼り合わせて、その後分離する用途に好適である。例えば、2つの被着体を固定する用途であって、当該被着体の少なくとも一方がガラス材料や半導体材料等の脆性材料からなる態様に、ここに開示される分離方法および粘着シートは、好ましく用いられ得る。 The separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein are also suitable for applications in which brittle materials (typically hard and brittle materials) such as glass or semiconductor materials are bonded together and then separated. For example, the separation method and adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in applications in which two adherends are fixed together, at least one of which is made of a brittle material such as glass or semiconductor material.

 ここに開示される貼り付けられる材料(被着体材料)の種類は特に限定されない。ここに開示される粘着シートは、各種部材や材料の固定や保護等に利用され得る。被着体材料の例としては、例えば、アルカリガラスや無アルカリガラス等のガラス;シリコンウエハ等の半導体材料;ステンレス鋼(SUS)、アルミニウム等の金属材料;アルミナ、シリカ等のセラミック材料;PET等のポリエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ABS樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、透明ポリイミド樹脂等の樹脂材料;等であり得る。被着体材料の好適例としては、例えば、アルカリガラス等のガラス材料や半導体ウエハ等が挙げられる。上記ガラス材料は、例えば、タブレット型パソコンや携帯電話、有機LED(発光ダイオード)等に用いられるような、透明導電膜(例えばITO(酸化インジウムスズ)膜)やFPC(フレキシブル回路基板)が部分的に設けられた表面を有するガラス板であり得る。 The type of material to be attached (adherend material) disclosed herein is not particularly limited. The adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used for fixing and protecting various members and materials. Examples of the adherend material include glass such as alkali glass and non-alkali glass; semiconductor materials such as silicon wafers; metal materials such as stainless steel (SUS) and aluminum; ceramic materials such as alumina and silica; resin materials such as polyester resins such as PET, acrylic resins, ABS resins, polycarbonate resins, polystyrene resins, and transparent polyimide resins; and the like. Suitable examples of the adherend material include glass materials such as alkali glass and semiconductor wafers. The above glass material can be, for example, a glass plate having a surface partially provided with a transparent conductive film (e.g., an ITO (indium tin oxide) film) or an FPC (flexible printed circuit board), as used in tablet computers, mobile phones, organic LEDs (light-emitting diodes), and the like.

 この明細書により開示される事項には、以下のものが含まれる。
 〔1〕 第1の部材と、第2の部材と、該第1の部材および該第2の部材のあいだに配置されて該第1の部材および該第2の部材に接着する接着部とを備える構造体から、加熱処理後に該第1の部材および該第2の部材の少なくとも一方を分離する方法であって、
 前記接着部は、硬化性粘着剤層を有しており、
 前記第1の部材側または前記第2の部材側から前記接着部に流体を供給する工程(流体供給工程)を含む、分離方法。
 〔2〕 前記粘着剤層は、前記第1の部材に接しており、
 前記接着部には、前記第1の部材と前記第2の部材とに通じる孔が設けられており、
 前記流体供給工程は、前記第2の部材側から前記接着部の前記孔に前記流体を供給する工程である、上記〔1〕に記載の分離方法。
 〔3〕 前記粘着剤層は、エチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む、上記〔1〕または〔2〕に記載の分離方法。
 〔4〕 前記粘着剤層は熱硬化性粘着剤層である、上記〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の分離方法。
 〔5〕 前記ラジカル重合開始剤は熱重合開始剤である、上記〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載の分離方法。
 〔6〕 前記第1の部材および前記第2の部材は光線非透過性である、上記〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれかに記載の分離方法。
 〔7〕 前記粘着剤層は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後のゲル分率上昇量が10%以上である、上記〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれかに記載の分離方法。
 〔8〕 前記粘着剤層は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後のヤング率Y1[MPa]が、加熱前のヤング率Y0[MPa]の100倍以上である、上記〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれかに記載の分離方法。
 〔9〕 前記接着部は、
  前記粘着剤層からなるか、あるいは、
  前記粘着剤層としての第1粘着剤層と、基材層と、第2粘着剤層とをこの順で含む積層構造を有する、上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載の分離方法。
 〔10〕 上記〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれかに記載の分離方法において接着部として用いられる粘着シートであって、
 硬化性粘着剤層を有する粘着シート。
 〔11〕 粘着剤層を有する粘着シートであって、
 孔が設けられており、
 前記粘着剤層はエチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む、粘着シート。
The matters disclosed in this specification include the following.
[1] A method for separating at least one of a first member and a second member from a structure including a first member, a second member, and an adhesive portion disposed between the first member and the second member and adhesively bonded to the first member and the second member after a heat treatment, the method comprising:
The adhesive portion has a curable adhesive layer,
A separation method comprising a step of supplying a fluid to the adhesive portion from the first member side or the second member side (fluid supplying step).
[2] The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is in contact with the first member,
the adhesive portion is provided with a hole communicating with the first member and the second member,
The separation method according to the above-mentioned [1], wherein the fluid supplying step is a step of supplying the fluid to the hole of the adhesive portion from the second member side.
[3] The method for separating according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.
[4] The separation method according to any one of the above [1] to [3], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
[5] The method for separating according to any one of the above [1] to [4], wherein the radical polymerization initiator is a thermal polymerization initiator.
[6] The separation method according to any one of [1] to [5] above, wherein the first member and the second member are non-transmissive to light.
[7] The separation method according to any one of the above-mentioned [1] to [6], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an increase in gel fraction of 10% or more after heat treatment at 180° C. for 30 minutes.
[8] The method for separating the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the Young's modulus Y1 [MPa] after heat treatment at 180° C. for 30 minutes is 100 times or more the Young's modulus Y0 [MPa] before heating.
[9] The adhesive portion is
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed of the adhesive layer.
The separation method according to any one of [1] to [8] above, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a laminated structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a base layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order.
[10] A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used as an adhesive part in the separation method according to any one of [1] to [9] above,
An adhesive sheet having a curable adhesive layer.
[11] A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer,
A hole is provided,
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.

 以下、本発明に関するいくつかの実施例を説明するが、本発明をかかる実施例に示すものに限定することを意図したものではない。なお、以下の説明において「部」および「%」は、特に断りがない限り重量基準である。 Below, several examples of the present invention are described, but it is not intended that the present invention be limited to those shown in these examples. In the following description, "parts" and "%" are by weight unless otherwise specified.

 <評価方法>
 (ゲル分率)
 粘着剤層のゲル分率(酢酸エチル不溶分の重量割合)は、次の方法により測定される。
 約0.1gの粘着剤サンプル(重量Wg1)を平均孔径0.2μmの多孔質ポリテトラフルオロエチレン膜(重量Wg2)で巾着状に包み、口をタコ糸(重量Wg3)で縛る。上記多孔質ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)膜としては、日東電工社から入手可能な商品名「ニトフロン(登録商標)NTF1122」(平均孔径0.2μm、気孔率75%、厚さ85μm)またはその相当品を使用する。
 この包みを酢酸エチル50mLに浸し、室温(典型的には23℃)で7日間保持して粘着剤層中のゾル成分のみを上記膜外に溶出させた後、上記包みを取り出して外表面に付着している酢酸エチルを拭き取り、該包みを130℃で2時間乾燥させ、該包みの重量(Wg4)を測定する。そして、各値を以下の式に代入することにより、粘着剤層のゲル分率は求められる。
   ゲル分率[%]=[(Wg4-Wg2-Wg3)/Wg1]×100
 粘着剤層のゲル分率は、初期(加熱前ゲル分率)、粘着剤層を180℃のオーブンにて30分加熱処理し、オーブンから取り出して30分間23℃、50%RHの環境下に静置した後(加熱後ゲル分率)のそれぞれについて測定される。
<Evaluation method>
(Gel Fraction)
The gel fraction (weight ratio of the matter insoluble in ethyl acetate) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the following method.
About 0.1 g of the adhesive sample (weight Wg1) is wrapped in a porous polytetrafluoroethylene film (weight Wg2) with an average pore size of 0.2 μm in a purse shape, and the opening is tied with string (weight Wg3). As the porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) film, the product name "Nitoflon (registered trademark) NTF1122" (average pore size 0.2 μm, porosity 75%, thickness 85 μm) available from Nitto Denko Corporation or an equivalent product is used.
The package is immersed in 50 mL of ethyl acetate and kept at room temperature (typically 23° C.) for 7 days to elute only the sol component in the adhesive layer outside the film, and then the package is taken out and the ethyl acetate adhering to the outer surface is wiped off, and the package is dried at 130° C. for 2 hours, and the weight (Wg4) of the package is measured. The gel fraction of the adhesive layer can be calculated by substituting each value into the following formula.
Gel fraction [%] = [(Wg4 - Wg2 - Wg3) / Wg1] x 100
The gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured initially (gel fraction before heating) and after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is heat-treated in an oven at 180° C. for 30 minutes, removed from the oven and allowed to stand in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 30 minutes (gel fraction after heating).

 (ヤング率)
 粘着剤層をはく離ライナーで両面が覆われた状態で用意し、はく離ライナーごと幅80mm(粘着剤層の厚さが30μmの場合)、長さ30mmのサイズにカットし、上記粘着剤層から一方のはく離ライナーを除去し、他方のはく離ライナー上で上記粘着剤層をその長さ方向に気泡が入らないように巻き取ることにより、長さ30mmの棒状試料を作製する。上記棒状試料を引張試験機(ORIENTEC社製、商品名「RTC-1150A」)にセットし、測定温度23℃、チャック間距離10mm、引張速度50mm/分の条件で引っ張り、得られた応力(Stress)-ひずみ(Strain)曲線(S-S曲線)の立ち上がりから初期弾性率を求め、これを粘着剤層のヤング率[MPa]とする。なお、粘着剤層のカット幅を80mmとするのは、該幅方向に沿う断面における粘着剤層の断面積を2~2.5mmの範囲内とするためであり、例えば比較例1(粘着剤層厚さ10μm)のように粘着剤層厚さが30μmでない場合には、粘着剤層の厚さに応じて、同程度の断面積となるようカット幅を調整することが望ましい。
 粘着剤層のヤング率は、初期(加熱前ヤング率)、粘着剤層を180℃のオーブンにて30分加熱処理し、オーブンから取り出して30分間23℃、50%RHの環境下に静置した後(加熱後ヤング率)のそれぞれについて測定される。
(Young's Modulus)
The adhesive layer is prepared in a state where both sides are covered with release liners, and cut together with the release liners to a size of 80 mm in width (when the adhesive layer is 30 μm thick) and 30 mm in length, and one release liner is removed from the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is wound up on the other release liner in the length direction so as not to trap air bubbles, to prepare a rod-shaped sample of 30 mm in length. The rod-shaped sample is set in a tensile tester (manufactured by ORIENTEC, product name "RTC-1150A") and pulled under conditions of a measurement temperature of 23°C, a chuck distance of 10 mm, and a pulling speed of 50 mm/min, and the initial elastic modulus is determined from the rise of the obtained stress-strain curve (S-S curve), and this is the Young's modulus [MPa] of the adhesive layer. The reason why the cut width of the adhesive layer is set to 80 mm is so that the cross-sectional area of the adhesive layer in the cross section along the width direction is within the range of 2 to 2.5 mm2 . For example, when the adhesive layer thickness is not 30 μm as in Comparative Example 1 (adhesive layer thickness 10 μm), it is desirable to adjust the cut width according to the thickness of the adhesive layer so that the cross-sectional area is approximately the same.
The Young's modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured initially (Young's modulus before heating) and after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is heat-treated in an oven at 180° C. for 30 minutes, removed from the oven and allowed to stand in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 30 minutes (Young's modulus after heating).

 <実施例1>
 (粘着剤組成物の調製)
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および撹拌装置を備えた反応容器に、メトキシエチルアクリレート(MEA)、アクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)およびヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)を80:20:20のモル比で含むモノマー成分100部と、重合溶媒としてトルエン65部を仕込み、熱重合開始剤として過酸化ベンゾイル0.2部を投入して窒素雰囲気下で61℃にて6時間重合反応(溶液重合)を行うことにより、アクリル系ポリマーaを含有する溶液を得た。このアクリル系ポリマーaの溶液に、該アクリル系ポリマーaの原料として用いられたHEA20モルに対して16モルに相当する量のメタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート(MOI)を添加し、空気気流中で50℃48時間の付加反応処理を行うことにより、側鎖末端にメタクリロイル基を有するアクリル系ポリマーAの溶液を得た。
 上記アクリル系ポリマーAの溶液に、アクリル系ポリマーA100部に対して、多官能モノマーとしてジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(DPHA)10部と、イソシアネート系架橋剤(三井化学社製、製品名「タケネートD-101E」)0.3部と、熱重合開始剤としてベンゾイルパーオキサイド(日油社製、製品名「ナイパーBW」、SADT:75℃)0.8部を加え、均一に混合して本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。
Example 1
(Preparation of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Composition)
A reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a thermometer and a stirrer was charged with 100 parts of a monomer component containing methoxyethyl acrylate (MEA), acryloylmorpholine (ACMO) and hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) in a molar ratio of 80:20:20, and 65 parts of toluene as a polymerization solvent, and 0.2 parts of benzoyl peroxide was added as a thermal polymerization initiator, and a polymerization reaction (solution polymerization) was carried out for 6 hours at 61 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a solution containing an acrylic polymer a. To this solution of the acrylic polymer a, methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (MOI) in an amount equivalent to 16 moles relative to 20 moles of HEA used as a raw material for the acrylic polymer a was added, and an addition reaction treatment was carried out in an air stream at 50 ° C. for 48 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic polymer A having a methacryloyl group at the side chain end.
To 100 parts of acrylic polymer A, 10 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA) as a polyfunctional monomer, 0.3 parts of an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., product name "Takenate D-101E"), and 0.8 parts of benzoyl peroxide (manufactured by NOF Corporation, product name "Niper BW", SADT: 75°C) as a thermal polymerization initiator were added and mixed uniformly to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example.

 (粘着シートの作製)
 市販のPET製はく離ライナーの剥離面に、上記で得た粘着剤組成物を塗布し、80℃で5分間乾燥させて、厚さ30μmの粘着剤層を形成した。この粘着剤層に、もう一枚の市販のPET製はく離ライナーの剥離面を貼り合わせた。その後、50℃にて3日間のエージングを行った。このようにして、両面が上記2枚のPET製はく離ライナーで保護された厚さ30μmの基材レス両面粘着シートを得た。
(Preparation of adhesive sheet)
The adhesive composition obtained above was applied to the release surface of a commercially available PET release liner and dried at 80° C. for 5 minutes to form an adhesive layer having a thickness of 30 μm. The release surface of another commercially available PET release liner was attached to this adhesive layer. Then, aging was performed at 50° C. for 3 days. In this way, a substrateless double-sided adhesive sheet having a thickness of 30 μm and both sides protected by the two PET release liners was obtained.

 (構造体の作製)
 上記はく離ライナー付き両面粘着シートを16cm角のサイズにカットし、上記両面粘着シートから一方のはく離ライナーを剥がして露出させた第2粘着面を、第2の部材としてのステンレス鋼(SUS)板(厚さ5mm、約20cm角)に貼り合わせた。このSUS板には中央付近に流通孔(開口直径約1cm)が設けられている。そして、キリを用いて、上記SUS板の流通孔の開口に合わせて上記両面粘着シートにSUS板の開口と同程度の直径を有する貫通孔を形成した。次いで、上記両面粘着シートから他方のはく離ライナーを剥がして露出させた第1粘着面を、第1の部材としてのシリコンウエハ(厚さ300μm、信越化学工業社製の6インチミラーウエハ)に貼り合わせた。このようにして、図1に模式的に示す断面を有する構造体を得た。この構造体は、シリコンウエハ(第1の部材)、粘着シート(接着部)、SUS板(第2の部材)をこの順で有する。
(Fabrication of Structure)
The double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with release liner was cut to a size of 16 cm square, and the second adhesive surface exposed by peeling off one release liner from the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet was attached to a stainless steel (SUS) plate (thickness 5 mm, about 20 cm square) as a second member. This SUS plate was provided with a circulation hole (opening diameter about 1 cm) near the center. Then, using a drill, a through hole having a diameter similar to that of the opening of the SUS plate was formed in the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet to match the opening of the circulation hole of the SUS plate. Next, the first adhesive surface exposed by peeling off the other release liner from the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet was attached to a silicon wafer (thickness 300 μm, 6-inch mirror wafer manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a first member. In this way, a structure having a cross section as shown in FIG. 1 was obtained. This structure has a silicon wafer (first member), a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (adhesive portion), and a SUS plate (second member) in this order.

 <実施例2>
 実施例1と同じ方法により粘着剤組成物を調製し、市販のPET製はく離ライナーの剥離面に、上記粘着剤組成物を塗布し、80℃で5分間乾燥させて、厚さ30μmの粘着剤層を形成した。この粘着剤層を2つ用意し、厚さ12.5μmのポリイミド(PI)フィルム(製品名「カプトン50H」、東レ・デュポン社製)の各面に貼り合わせた。そして、50℃にて3日間のエージングを行った。このようにして、厚さ30μmの粘着剤層を有する基材付き両面粘着シートを得た。この粘着シートは、第1粘着剤層、PIフィルム(基材層)、第2粘着剤層をこの順で有し、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層は同じ組成を有する。上記粘着シートの各粘着面はPET製はく離ライナーにより保護されている。
 上記基材付き両面粘着シートを用いた他は実施例1と同様の方法により、シリコンウエハ(第1の部材)、粘着シート(接着部)、SUS板(第2の部材)をこの順で有する構造体を得た。この構造体は、図2に模式的に示す断面を有する。
Example 2
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was applied to the release surface of a commercially available PET release liner and dried at 80°C for 5 minutes to form a 30 μm thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Two of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers were prepared and attached to each surface of a 12.5 μm thick polyimide (PI) film (product name "Kapton 50H", manufactured by Toray DuPont Co., Ltd.). Then, aging was performed at 50°C for 3 days. In this manner, a substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a 30 μm thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained. This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a PI film (substrate layer), and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order, and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer have the same composition. Each adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is protected by a PET release liner.
Except for using the above-mentioned double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with substrate, a structure having a silicon wafer (first member), a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (adhesive portion), and a SUS plate (second member) in this order was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. This structure has a cross section as shown in FIG.

 <実施例3>
 多官能モノマーおよび熱重合開始剤を配合しなかった他は実施例1と同様の方法により、粘着剤組成物を調製した。得られた粘着剤組成物を用いて形成した粘着剤層を第2粘着剤層とした他は実施例2と同様の方法により、第1粘着剤層、PIフィルム(基材層)、第2粘着剤層をこの順で有する基材付き両面粘着シートを得た。この粘着シートの第1粘着剤層は、実施例2の第1粘着剤層と同じである。
 上記基材付き両面粘着シートを用いた他は実施例2と同様の方法により、シリコンウエハ(第1の部材)、粘着シート(接着部)、SUS板(第2の部材)をこの順で有する構造体を得た。この構造体は、図2に模式的に示す断面を有する。
Example 3
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the polyfunctional monomer and the thermal polymerization initiator were not added. A substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a PI film (substrate layer), and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used as the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of this pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is the same as the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of Example 2.
Except for using the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with the substrate, a structure having a silicon wafer (first member), a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (adhesive portion), and a SUS plate (second member) in this order was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2. This structure has a cross section as shown in FIG.

 <実施例4~5>
 第1の部材を厚さ5mmのステンレス鋼板(実施例4)または厚さ300μmのガラス板(実施例5)に変更した他は実施例1と同様の方法により、図1に模式的に示す断面を有する構造体を得た。
<Examples 4 to 5>
A structure having a cross section as diagrammatically shown in FIG. 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the first member was changed to a stainless steel plate having a thickness of 5 mm (Example 4) or a glass plate having a thickness of 300 μm (Example 5).

 <比較例1>
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および撹拌装置を備えた反応容器に、n-ブチルアクリレート(BA)97部およびアクリル酸(AA)3部と、重合溶媒として酢酸エチル43部を仕込み、熱重合開始剤として2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2部を投入して窒素雰囲気下で61℃にて6時間重合反応(溶液重合)を行うことにより、アクリル系ポリマーBを含有する溶液を得た。
 上記アクリル系ポリマーBの溶液に、アクリル系ポリマーB100部に対してエポキシ系架橋剤(三菱瓦斯化学社製、製品名「テトラッドC」)0.5部を加え、均一に混合して粘着剤組成物を調製した。
 上記で得た粘着剤組成物を用いて厚さ10μmの粘着剤層を形成した他は実施例1と同様の方法により粘着シートを得て、該粘着シートを用いて構造体を得た。
<Comparative Example 1>
A reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen inlet tube, a thermometer, and a stirrer was charged with 97 parts of n-butyl acrylate (BA), 3 parts of acrylic acid (AA), and 43 parts of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent, and 0.2 parts of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) was added as a thermal polymerization initiator. A polymerization reaction (solution polymerization) was carried out at 61° C. for 6 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a solution containing an acrylic polymer B.
To the solution of acrylic polymer B, 0.5 parts of an epoxy crosslinking agent (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., product name "Tetrad C") was added per 100 parts of acrylic polymer B, and the mixture was mixed uniformly to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
An adhesive sheet was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that an adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 μm was formed using the adhesive composition obtained above, and a structure was obtained using the adhesive sheet.

 <分離試験>
 各例に係る構造体を180℃のオーブンにて30分加熱処理し、オーブンから取り出して30分間23℃、50%RHの環境下に静置した後、第2の部材の流通孔に所定の圧力でエアを供給し、第1の部材の分離を試みた。部材を破損することなく分離できた場合、「〇」(合格)と判定した。部材を分離できなかった場合、「分離不可」と記載した。
<Separation test>
The structures according to each example were heat-treated in an oven at 180° C. for 30 minutes, removed from the oven and left to stand in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 30 minutes, and then air was supplied at a predetermined pressure to the flow holes of the second member to attempt separation of the first member. If the members could be separated without being damaged, it was judged as "○" (passed). If the members could not be separated, it was recorded as "unseparable".

 各例の概要および評価結果を表1に示す。  An overview of each example and the evaluation results are shown in Table 1.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001

 表1に示されるように、実施例1~5に係る構造体は、接着部である粘着シートが、硬化性粘着剤層を有しており、分離試験の結果が合格であった。実施例1~3では、薄厚のシリコンウエハを破損することなく分離することができ、実施例5では、薄厚のガラス板を破損することなく分離することができた。また、実施例4では、厚さ5mmのSUS板同士の接合を垂直方向に容易に分離することができた。一方、非硬化性の粘着剤を使用した比較例1では、分離試験において部材を分離することができなかった。なお、上記分離試験において、実施例1~5に係る構造体は、加熱処理後エア供給前において、第1の部材および第2の部材が接着部から剥がれずに保持されていた。 As shown in Table 1, the structures according to Examples 1 to 5, in which the adhesive sheet, which is the adhesive portion, has a curable adhesive layer, passed the separation test. In Examples 1 to 3, it was possible to separate a thin silicon wafer without damaging it, and in Example 5, it was possible to separate a thin glass plate without damaging it. In Example 4, it was possible to easily separate the bond between 5 mm thick SUS plates in the vertical direction. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1, in which a non-curable adhesive was used, it was not possible to separate the members in the separation test. In the above separation test, the structures according to Examples 1 to 5 had the first and second members that were not peeled off from the adhesive portion and were held in place before air was supplied after the heat treatment.

 以上、本発明の具体例を詳細に説明したが、これらは例示にすぎず、請求の範囲を限定するものではない。請求の範囲に記載の技術には、以上に例示した具体例を様々に変形、変更したものが含まれる。  Specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are merely examples and do not limit the scope of the claims. The technology described in the claims includes various modifications and variations of the specific examples given above.

 10  第1の部材
 10A 表面(接着部に接する面)
 20  第2の部材
 25  流通孔
 30  接着部(粘着シート)
 30A 第1接着面
 30B 第2接着面
 31  硬化性粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層)
 32  第2粘着剤層
 34  基材層
 35  孔
100,200  構造体
  A  エア
10 First member 10A Surface (surface in contact with adhesive portion)
20 Second member 25 Flow hole 30 Adhesive portion (adhesive sheet)
30A First adhesive surface 30B Second adhesive surface 31 Curable adhesive layer (first adhesive layer)
32 Second adhesive layer 34 Base layer 35 Hole 100, 200 Structure A Air

Claims (11)

 第1の部材と、第2の部材と、該第1の部材および該第2の部材のあいだに配置されて該第1の部材および該第2の部材に接着する接着部とを備える構造体から、加熱処理後に該第1の部材および該第2の部材の少なくとも一方を分離する方法であって、
 前記接着部は、硬化性粘着剤層を有しており、
 前記第1の部材側または前記第2の部材側から前記接着部に流体を供給する工程(流体供給工程)を含む、分離方法。
A method for separating at least one of a first member and a second member from a structure including a first member, a second member, and an adhesive portion disposed between the first member and the second member and adhesively bonded to the first member and the second member after a heat treatment, the method comprising:
The adhesive portion has a curable adhesive layer,
A separation method comprising a step of supplying a fluid to the adhesive portion from the first member side or the second member side (fluid supplying step).
 前記粘着剤層は、前記第1の部材に接しており、
 前記接着部には、前記第1の部材と前記第2の部材とに通じる孔が設けられており、
 前記流体供給工程は、前記第2の部材側から前記接着部の前記孔に前記流体を供給する工程である、請求項1に記載の分離方法。
the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is in contact with the first member,
the adhesive portion is provided with a hole communicating with the first member and the second member,
The separation method according to claim 1 , wherein the fluid supplying step is a step of supplying the fluid to the hole in the adhesive portion from a side of the second member.
 前記粘着剤層は、エチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む、請求項1または2に記載の分離方法。 The separation method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.  前記粘着剤層は熱硬化性粘着剤層である、請求項1または2に記載の分離方法。 The separation method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the adhesive layer is a thermosetting adhesive layer.  前記ラジカル重合開始剤は熱重合開始剤である、請求項3に記載の分離方法。 The separation method according to claim 3, wherein the radical polymerization initiator is a thermal polymerization initiator.  前記第1の部材および前記第2の部材は光線非透過性である、請求項1または2に記載の分離方法。 The separation method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first member and the second member are non-transparent to light.  前記粘着剤層は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後のゲル分率上昇量が10%以上である、請求項1または2に記載の分離方法。 The separation method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the adhesive layer has a gel fraction increase of 10% or more after heat treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes.  前記粘着剤層は、180℃で30分加熱処理した後のヤング率Y1[MPa]が、加熱前のヤング率Y0[MPa]の100倍以上である、請求項1または2に記載の分離方法。 The separation method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the Young's modulus Y1 [MPa] of the adhesive layer after heat treatment at 180°C for 30 minutes is 100 times or more the Young's modulus Y0 [MPa] before heating.  前記接着部は、
  前記粘着剤層からなるか、あるいは、
  前記粘着剤層としての第1粘着剤層と、基材層と、第2粘着剤層とをこの順で含む積層構造を有する、請求項1または2に記載の分離方法。
The adhesive portion is
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed of the adhesive layer.
The separation method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a laminate structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a base layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order.
 請求項1または2に記載の分離方法において接着部として用いられる粘着シートであって、
 硬化性粘着剤層を有する粘着シート。
A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used as an adhesive part in the separation method according to claim 1 or 2,
An adhesive sheet having a curable adhesive layer.
 粘着剤層を有する粘着シートであって、
 孔が設けられており、
 前記粘着剤層はエチレン性不飽和基とラジカル重合開始剤とを含む、粘着シート。

 
A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer,
A hole is provided,
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated group and a radical polymerization initiator.

PCT/JP2024/025648 2023-07-26 2024-07-17 Method for separating member, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet Pending WO2025023120A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023-122024 2023-07-26
JP2023122024 2023-07-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025023120A1 true WO2025023120A1 (en) 2025-01-30

Family

ID=94374418

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/025648 Pending WO2025023120A1 (en) 2023-07-26 2024-07-17 Method for separating member, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202510025A (en)
WO (1) WO2025023120A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001302996A (en) * 2000-04-24 2001-10-31 Lintec Corp Photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive label for conveyance tool, and method of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive label
JP2004079613A (en) * 2002-08-12 2004-03-11 Disco Abrasive Syst Ltd Semiconductor wafer transfer equipment
US20050095100A1 (en) * 2002-11-11 2005-05-05 Cheol-Joon Yoo Method and apparatus for picking up a semiconductor chip, method and apparatus for removing a semiconductor chip from a dicing tape, and a method of forming a perforated dicing tape
JP2007045955A (en) * 2005-08-11 2007-02-22 Denki Kagaku Kogyo Kk An adhesive, an adhesive sheet using the adhesive, and an electronic component manufacturing method using the adhesive sheet.
JP2021188024A (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-13 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Adhesive sheet, adherend with adhesive sheet, and how to use the adhesive sheet

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001302996A (en) * 2000-04-24 2001-10-31 Lintec Corp Photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive label for conveyance tool, and method of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive label
JP2004079613A (en) * 2002-08-12 2004-03-11 Disco Abrasive Syst Ltd Semiconductor wafer transfer equipment
US20050095100A1 (en) * 2002-11-11 2005-05-05 Cheol-Joon Yoo Method and apparatus for picking up a semiconductor chip, method and apparatus for removing a semiconductor chip from a dicing tape, and a method of forming a perforated dicing tape
JP2007045955A (en) * 2005-08-11 2007-02-22 Denki Kagaku Kogyo Kk An adhesive, an adhesive sheet using the adhesive, and an electronic component manufacturing method using the adhesive sheet.
JP2021188024A (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-13 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Adhesive sheet, adherend with adhesive sheet, and how to use the adhesive sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202510025A (en) 2025-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111675982B (en) Enhanced film
JP7558649B2 (en) Optical pressure sensitive adhesive composition and its use
JP2020023656A (en) Pressure sensitive adhesive sheet and pressure sensitive adhesive sheet peeling method
CN107629712B (en) Adhesive sheet
JP7747442B2 (en) Adhesive sheet and its use
KR20250041152A (en) Adhesive sheet and method for peeling off adhesive sheet
CN113150706A (en) Adhesive sheet
CN112992763A (en) Method for peeling adhesive sheet
JP7283867B2 (en) Adhesive sheet peeling method
CN112980345A (en) Adhesive sheet for wafer processing
CN112980344A (en) Adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing
WO2025023120A1 (en) Method for separating member, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
KR20230114199A (en) Optical pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2024162267A1 (en) Adhesive sheet
WO2025023119A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2025023118A1 (en) Adhesive sheet
WO2024162266A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2025205625A1 (en) Adhesive sheet, structure, method for producing structure, and method
WO2025205624A1 (en) Adhesive sheet, structure, structure production method, and method
WO2025205623A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, structure, method for producing structure, and method
WO2025070423A1 (en) Polymerization method and method for curing adhesive
WO2025182631A1 (en) Adhesive sheet
WO2024024861A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and method for peeling off adhesive sheet
WO2024024862A1 (en) Bonded body, method for dismantling bonded body, and thermosetting adhesive used for bonded body
TW202544199A (en) Adhesive sheet

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24845499

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1